8rxEM en

000000.
Index &
Introduction
10000.0
20000.0
30000.0
40000.0
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, MatTop, Positrack, DTS, DynamicTransfer System, TwistLock, RexFlex, HP, UHS, LPC,
LPC279, PS, Platinum Series, PosiClean and RubberTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
Nylatron is a trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastics Products.
Teflon is a trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and its affiliates.
All Rights Reserved.

© Copyright 2005 Rexnord Industries, Inc.
INDEX
PAGE NUMBER
I. Introduction INTRO - 1
Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Features INTRO - 2
Symbols INTRO - 3
II. TableTop® Chain Section EM - TT
Chain Materials 1
Friction Tables 2-3
Sprocket and Idler Wheel Designations 4
Wearstrip Materials / Lubrication 5-7
Environmental Conditions 9 - 11
Conveyor Design Recommendations 12 - 29
Carry Ways 13 - 17
Transfers/Drive Configurations 18 - 21
Return Ways 22 - 25
Sprockets 26 - 29
Rex® TableTop® Chain Calculation Program 30
Typical Product Sizes and Weights 34
III. MatTop® Chain Section EM - MT
Chain Materials 1-2

Friction Tables 3-4
Environmental Conditions 8 - 11
Rex® MatTop® Chain Style 12 - 14
Carry and Return Ways 16 - 18
Carry Ways 19 - 22
Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual Index

Return Ways 32 - 42
Sprockets 43 - 54
Sprocket Pocket Locations 55 - 88
Rex® MatTop® Chain Calculation Program 89
IV. Multiflex Chain Section EM - MF
Chain Materials 1
Friction Tables 2-3
Environmental Conditions / Recommendations 7-9
Carry Ways 11 - 15
Return Ways 18 - 23
Sprockets 24 - 26
Rex® Multiflex Chain Calculation Program 27
V. Appendix EM - MA
Rex Chain Material Portfolio
®
1 - 31
VI. Form EM - FORM

Rex® Application Information Sheet 1
Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual INDEX - 1

INTRODUCTION
Application Expertise/Superior Engineering Support

With over 120 years of experience, we are the industry’s most knowledgeable team of conveying experts.
Our chains are manufactured to perform better and last longer. Every chain stamped with the Rex® brand has
undergone extensive research and quality testing, ensuring your conveying needs will be met with the most
economical, efficient and reliable means possible.
Our qualified engineering staff is willing and able to assist you on all of your application needs. Rexnord will
provide assistance with:
Chain selection recommendations

Chain pull calculations
Product performance analysis
Product handling tests
Retrofit information
Plant surveys
Run dry surveys
New product development
Applications Throughout Industry

As expected, Rexnord's broad selection of chain is used throughout a wide variety of applications; such as
food processing, beverage, unit handling and industrial applications.
Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual Introduction
Whenever the industry has to move, transfer or deliver the goods, chain from Rexnord is the
preferred choice.
Online - At Your Fingertips

Let's face it - your time is valuable. At Rexnord, we realize the success of your business depends on
up-to-date product information, superior technical support and customer service. That's why we've created
www.rexnord.com. It's loaded with product information, useful tools and technical support options to help your
business succeed. You can even search for a distributor in your area! Best of all, it's available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week. So go ahead and log on today. http://www.rexnord.com
INTRO - 2 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual

Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® CHAIN FEATURES
Rex TableTop
® ®
Chain Features
Available in both metal and plastic materials
Available in both straight and side-flexing styles
Available in a wide variety of plastic materials
Available in both one piece (unit link) and two piece (base chain with snap on topplate) designs
Only available in Molded to Width (MTW) construction
The maximum width for plastic chains is 12.00 in (304.8 mm) and the maximum for metal chains is
7.50 in (190.5 mm)
Can be used with multiple strands and/or variable speed conveyors
The pins do not extend across the entire width of the chain (hinge width < chain width)
Rex ®
MatTop® Chain Features
Available in virtually any width
Available in both straight and side-flexing styles
Available in a wide variety of plastic materials
Available in a variety of surface styles
Available in Molded to Width (MTW) and Assembled to Width construction
Rex® MatTop® chains can run side by side without any gaps
Full width pins extend across the entire width of the chain
There are no gaps between the links when the chain is wrapped around the sprockets
Available with a variety of attachments:

Pushers
Sideguards
Positrack™
DTS® - DynamicTransfer System™
Hold down TABs
Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual INTRO - 3

SYMBOLS
The documentation for this manual includes various icons described below:
Rex® TableTop® Chain Icon
Rex® MatTop® Chain Icon
Rex® Multiflex Chain Icon
Caution - This icon marks caution information that should be read

!
CAUTION before continuing on in this manual.
i Information - This icon marks general information that should be read

to further understand the specified topic.
Check Point - This icon marks check point information that expands on
the subject explained.
Survey - This icon marks a survey that needs to be completed before

continuing any process.
Grounding - This icon explains that grounding is crucial for all

electrical equipment.
For further information about the use of the icons in this manual, please contact
Rexnord Application Engineering 1.262.376.4800.
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop and MatTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
INTRO - 4 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual

Rex®
TableTop ®
Chains
TableTop® CHAIN MATERIALS
Conveyor
Chain
For more detailed material information, see page EM - TT - 13 or the Appendix located at the end
Materials of this manual. Materials vary per chain series; see Product Catalog to determine standard
versus special materials.
> AS (Anti-Static) AS (Anti-Static)

> BWR (Black Wear An electrically conductive acetal formulated to reduce or eliminate nuisance static charge
Resistant) ALWAYS contact Rexnord Application Engineering for assistance
> D & WD (Acetal)

BWR (Black Wear Resistant)
> DUV (Ultraviolet BWR may extend chain life up to 5 times in comparison to other plastic materials in applications
Resistant) such as conveying roughmachined parts
> ESD
(Electrostatic
CR (Extreme Chemical Resistant)
Dissipative) Fluorinated polymer which is chemically resistant to high concentrations of oxidizing agents,
acids and bases
> FR (Flame
Retardant)
D & WD (Acetal)
> HP™ & WHP (High Plain acetal
Performance)
> HS (Heat
DUV (Ultraviolet Resistant)
Stabilized) Specially formulated acetal
> LF & WLF (Low Used for outdoor applications with direct exposure to the sun or UV radiation
Friction)
ESD (Electrostatic Dissipative)
Polypropylene formulated for conveying sensitive products such as electronics and computer
chips where controlling static charge or static decay is critical
ALWAYS contact Rexnord Application Engineering for assistance
FR (Flame Retardant)

Flame retardant polyester that meets the requirements of UL Standard 94 V-0 rated combustion
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
HP™ & WHP (High Performance)

PS, Platinum Series,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
trademarks of Rexnord Patented blend of acetal specifically formulated for dry running conveyors due to excellent
Industries, Inc.
friction characteristics
HS (Heat Stabilized)

Nylontron is a
registered trademark of
Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products
All rights Reserved. Nylon resin designed for environments that contain hot water spray (rinser, sterilizer and
pasteurizer applications)
LF & WLF (Low Friction)

Rex® TableTop® Chains
Patented blend of acetal that provides good wear resistance and long service life due to the low
coefficient of friction
Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

EM - TT - 2 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual
TableTop®
CHAIN MATERIALS Conveyor
Chain
MR (Melt Resistant) Materials
A nylon material with a high melting point used to prevent hot objects (product temperature up
to 375° F (190° C)) from melting the top of the chain > MR (Melt
P (Chemical Resistant)
Resistant)
> P (Chemical
A polyester formulated to reduce or eliminate material degradation in applications where chemicals Resistant)
such as chlorine and phosphorous are present in moderate concentrations

> PS™ (Platinum
PS™ (Platinum Series™) Series™)
Patented blend of acetal specially formulated for high speed conveying applications > S (Carbon Steel)
S (Carbon Steel) > SS (Stainless

Steel)
A strong, abrasion resistant, fine grained, hardened carbon steel with a smooth finish
> SSB (Low
Used in applications requiring high strength, high impact resistance and a hardened chain surface
Magnetic
such as part handling
Stainless Steel)
SS (Stainless Steel) > WX (Abrasion

Resistant)
Non-magnetic, corrosion resistant, abrasion resistant austenitic stainless steel
SSB (Low Magnetic Stainless Steel)

A special austenitic stainless steel which allows a magnetic field to pass through without
affecting chain tension or drive requirements
WX (Abrasion Resistant)

A nylon material formulated to be used in abrasive applications where chain is subjected to
abrasives such as glass, sandand dirt
Since materials vary in strength, refer to the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) for specific chain /
!
CAUTION material strengths when changing out materials.
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
All rights Reserved.


Rex TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual
®
EM - TT - 3
TableTop® FRICTION TABLE BETWEEN CHAIN AND PRODUCT (Fm)
Conveyor
Chain Chain Material Product Material
Materials Chain Returnable
Non- Plastic
Lubrication Aluminum Glass Returnable Paper (including Steel
Material Glass Bottles
Glass Bottles PET)
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
AS
> Friction Table Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Between Chain 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Dry
and Product (Fm) Water NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
BWR
Soap & Water NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
Oil NR NR NR NR NR NR 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
CR
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
D Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
WD Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
DUV
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.28 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
ESD
Soap & Water 0.16 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
FR
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.18 0.13 0.16 0.12 0.23 0.18 0.18
HP™ Water 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.11 NR 0.16 0.16
WHP Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.14 0.13
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
HS
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15 0.30 0.20 0.25
LF Water 0.15 0.13 0.16 0.13 NR 0.18 0.20
WLF Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
MR
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
P
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Magnetflex, LPC279, Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
MatTop and TableTop Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
PS™
are registered Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
trademarks of Rexnord Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Industries, Inc. Dry 0.28 0.35 0.47 0.35 0.40 0.30 0.35
Nylontron is a S
Oil - - - - NR - 0.15
Plastics Products Dry 0.28 0.35 0.47 0.35 0.40 0.30 0.35
SS Water 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.25 NR 0.20 0.25
All rights Reserved. SSB Soap & Water 0.12 0.15 0.21 0.15 NR 0.10 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.15
Dry 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15 0.30 0.20 0.25
WX
Oil NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
NR denotes “not recommended”

Dash denotes “combination not tested”
All values shown in this table were obtained through product testing. Actual values may be higher
i or lower depending on environmental conditions.

TableTop®
FRICTION TABLE BETWEEN CHAIN AND WEARSTRIP (Fw) Conveyor
Chain
Chain Material Wearstrip Material
Materials
Lubrication Steel and
Chain Material UHMWPE Nylatron®
Conditions Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
AS
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15 > Friction Table
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Between Chain
Dry 0.28 0.22 0.22
Water NR NR NR and Wearstrip
BWR
Soap & Water NR NR NR (Fw)
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
CR
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
D, WD
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
DUV
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.25 0.25
ESD
Soap & Water 0.20 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
FR
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.22 0.17 0.17
Water 0.20 0.16 0.16
HP™, WHP
Soap & Water 0.15 0.14 0.14
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.28 0.28
Water 0.25 0.23 0.23
HS
Soap & Water 0.18 0.18 0.18
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.20
Water 0.20 0.18 0.18
LF, WLF
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.28 0.28
Water NR NR NR
MR
Soap & Water NR NR NR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
P
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.18 0.17 0.17
Water 0.16 0.16 NR Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
PS™ PS, Platinum Series,
Soap & Water 0.13 0.14 NR
Oil Magnetflex, LPC279,
0.10 0.10 0.10
MatTop and TableTop
Dry 0.50 0.40 0.40
are registered
Water NR NR NR trademarks of Rexnord
S
Soap & Water NR NR NR Industries, Inc.
Oil 0.20 0.20 0.20
Dry 0.50 0.40 0.40 Nylontron is a
Water 0.40 0.30 0.30 registered trademark of
SS, SSB
Soap & Water 0.20 0.20 0.20 Quadrant Engineering
Oil 0.20 0.20 0.20 Plastics Products
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.20
Water NR NR NR All rights Reserved.
WX
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
i Friction between chain and wearstrip (Fw) must be adjusted when inclining / declining. See Friction
Formulas on page EM - MF - 30 (Multiflex section) for more information.
i All values shown in this table were obtained through product testing. Actual values may be higher or lower
depending on environmental conditions.
Fm for LBP3000 TableTop® chain (typically) = 0.10; Fm for LBP1503 TableTop® chain (typically) = 0.11

®
EM - TT - 5
TableTop® SPROCKET AND IDLER WHEEL DESIGNATIONS
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Rexnord has developed a variety of sprocket and idler materials for various and unique
Designations applications. Sprockets are available in plastic and metallic varieties.
Plastic
Plastic Acetal
> Acetal Good corrosion and wear resistant properties
One piece sprocket
> Heat Stabilized
Nylon Temperature Range: -40° to +180° F (-40° to + 82° C)
Heat Stabilized Nylon
> LF Acetal
Stabilized nylon based resin for environments that contain hot water spray rinser, sterilizer
> Glass Reinforced and pasteurizer applications
Nylon Resists thermal degradation from 212° F (100° C) water spray
Available in select one piece styles only
> Chemical
Temperature Range: +40° to + 240° F (+4° to +116° C)
Resistant
Fluorinated LF Acetal
Polymer Available in select idler wheel styles only
Self-lubricating
> KU and KUS
(Machined Temperature Range: -40° to +180° F (-40° to + 82° C)
Plastic) Glass Reinforced Nylon
Split sprocket design for ease in assembly and disassembly
Metallic
> Semi-Steel Excellent wear resistant properties
(Cast Iron) Temperature Range: -40° to +180° F (-40° to + 82° C)
Chemical Resistant Fluorinated Polymer
> SS (Stainless
Steel) Used in applications where chemical resistance is required (i.e. chlorine, phosphorous)
Temperature Range: +40° to +240° F (+4° to + 116° C)
KU and KUS (Machined Plastic)
KU and KUS do not designate material
KU designates solid (one piece) design and KUS designates a split (two piece) design
Sprockets machined in a variety of plastic materials
Flush side for ease in cleaning
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, Sprockets come in a wide variety of pitch diameters and bore sizes
Metallic
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Semi-Steel (Cast Iron)
Nylontron is a
Used in non-corrosive, abrasive environments such as broken glass, metal chips
registered trademark of One piece sprocket
Plastics Products Temperature Range: -40 to +350° F (-40° to +177° C)
All rights Reserved. SS (Stainless Steel)
Used in corrosive, abrasive environments such as vegetable processing, snack and foods
Available in select chains only
Available in split and one piece designs

Temperature Range: -100 to + 800° F (-73° to + 427° C)

TableTop®
WEARSTRIP MATERIALS Wearstrip
Materials
Proper chain and wearstrip selection will provide optimum life. Since a function of the wearstrip is
to lower friction and to reduce wear, it is recommended to give careful consideration when
selecting the material. The following general guidelines will help inselecting the proper material for
your application:
Acetal
> Acetal
> Aluminum
Not recommended for use with acetal chains; it is best not to run identical plastics together
> Bronze and
Aluminum Brass
> Nylatron®
NOT RECOMMENDED due to poor wear resistance (Nylon with
Bronze and Brass

Moly Filler)
> Lubricant
Sometimes used with stainless steel chains Impregnated
Wood
Typically used for non-sparking and anti-static conditions
For bronze - recommended one half hard temper (Rb 58) > Steel
For brass - recommended one half hard (Rb 70 Min) to full hard (Rb 82) temper > Stainless Steel
Nylatron (Nylon with Moly Filler)

®
Recommended for dry applications due to low wear and low friction
Especially suited for dry operation on thermoplastic side-flexing chain corners due to its high
PV (Pressure-Velocity) rating
Typically not recommended in wet applications because it will absorb moisture and expand (if
used in wet applications, allow clearance for expansion and movement of fasteners)
Lubricant Impregnated Wood

Commonly used in dry abrasive applications (i.e. glass, paper)
Not recommended in wet applications
Steel
Recommended for non-corrosive, abrasive or high temperature applications
Abrasive particles are less likely to imbed in metal wearstrips in comparison to plastic
A cold rolled plain carbon steel is recommended
Heat treated grades - hardened to 25 to 30 Rc is recommended
Stainless Steel
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Recommended for corrosive, abrasive or high temperature applications trademarks of Rexnord
Abrasive particles are less likely to imbed in metal wearstrips in comparison to plastic Industries, Inc.
A cold rolled austenitic grade is recommended which offers the best corrosion resistant properties Nylontron is a
Recommended one quarter hard temper (25 to 35 Rc) with any chain material, especially Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products
with thermoplastic
Softer annealed grades of austenitic are NOT RECOMMENDED. Adverse interaction between
the chain material and the soft stainless steel might develop. When this happens, the resulting
wear debris consists almost entirely of finely divided stainless steel particles, nearly black in
color, similar to molydisulfide or graphite. The wear of the stainless steel might be rapid while
the thermoplastic chain by contrast exhibits only slight wear

Martensitic stainless steel can also be used when heat treated (25 to 35 Rc); however, it is not
as corrosion resistant as austenitic
Hardness is more critical than grade for better wear resistance

®
EM - TT - 7
TableTop® WEARSTRIP MATERIALS
Wearstrip
Materials
Teflon ®
Recommended only for very low speed - low load applications
> Teflon®
UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene)
> UHMWPE (Ultra Recommended for dry or wet applications on straight or side-flexing conveyors
High Molecular
Weight Not recommended for abrasive conditions where particles may imbed in the surface and wear
Polyethylene) the chain
Provide lower coefficient of friction than metals
Not affected by moisture and more resistant to chemicals than nylon
UHMWPE materials can be supplied with various fillers:
· Ceramic / glass
· Conductive
· Oil / wax
! Wearstrip surface finish is a critical aspect for overall chain life. A surface finish of 32 µ-in Ra is
CAUTION
recommended for metal wearstrips and 125 µ-in Ra for plastic wearstrips.

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Teflon is a trademark of
E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company and its
affiliates.


TableTop®
LUBRICATION Lubrication
Lubrication is recommended whenever the application permits. It not only reduces friction, thereby
reducing chain tension; but also, greatly improves the wear life of the chain and wearstrips.
Lubrication offers a constant cleaning effect of both the chain and wearstrip and can also reduce
static.
> General
Recommendations
General Recommendations > General Types

of Lubricants
Lubrication should contact both the chain and wearstrip
When lubricating side-flexing Rex® TableTop® chains, the lubricant must be applied at the > Selective
entrance of the inside corner track Lubrication
Metal side-flexing chains should ALWAYS be lubricated in the corners

Depending upon the application, lubrication requirements may vary. Lubricant quality and
lubrication frequency can have a great affect on the longevity of the chain. For most common
applications, any ISO 68 grade lubricant is satisfactory. For applications with special
considerations such as high temperature, chemical compatibility, FDA requirements, please
contact your lubrication supplier
General Types of Lubricants

Water - Only utilize with corrosion resistant
materials. Can be used as a general lubricant;
however, it is not as effective as other types
due to friction and chain cleaning properties
Water soluble lubricants and soaps - Only
utilize with corrosion resistant materials.
DI
RE RAVE
OF
CT
These are excellent lubricants which also help
ION
clean the chain
L
Minimum
Oil base lubricants - These are vegetable, Countersink Depth
0.03 in
mineral oils or grease which offer high (0.8 mm) A
lubricity. Can be used with plastic or metal A
Commercial Grease
materials. Recommended to be used on all Fitting Located on
metal chains whenever practical. Food grade Section A -A Inside Corner at Infeed
oils are available

Method of furnishing lubricant to chain thrust surface
Selective Lubrication
In some applications, the presence of a lubricant cannot be tolerated. For these applications, it
is recommended to utilize chains made of HPTM or PSTM acetal material with Nylatron® corners, Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
which offers the lowest coefficient of friction PS, Platinum Series,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
To eliminate or reduce lubrication, contact Rexnord Application Engineering to conduct a run Industries, Inc.
dry survey. 1.262.376.4800
Nylontron is a
For more information on lubrication types, compatibility, methods, contact a lubricant manufacturer. Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products


®
EM - TT - 9
TableTop® LUBRICATION - OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
Lubrication -
Other
Considerations
Metal Unit Link Chains
Carbon Steel
Light lubricant and rust preventative is applied at the factory to prevent corrosion during
> Metal Unit
Link Chains shipping and storage
Chains should be lubricated upon installation and re-lubricated when necessary
> Carbon Steel
> Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
> Rex®
TableTop® Stainless steel chains are supplied dry from the factory
Chains with Stainless steel chains can be run dry; however, lubrication will greatly increase their wear life
Roller Base
Chains and help reduce noise
> Carbon Steel
>
Base Chains
Stainless Steel
Rex TableTop Chains With Roller Base Chains
® ®
Base chains Platetops can be either plastic or metal with the following types of base chains:
Carbon Steel Base Chains
Base chains are supplied with lubricant and rust preventative
Base chains do not need to be lubricated when installed
Base chains must be re-lubricated when necessary
The thrust surface of side-flexing metal platetop chains should ALWAYS be lubricated in the
corners which will help reduce noise as well as lubricate the chain
Stainless Steel Base Chains
Stainless steel base chains are supplied dry from the factory (with the exception of PSTM
1873SSL-G, see Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) for details)
Stainless steel base chains can be run dry; however, lubrication will greatly increase
their wear
life and help reduce noise
The thrust surface of side-flexing metal platetop chains should ALWAYS be lubricated in the
corners which will help reduce noise as well as lubricate the chain

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


TableTop®
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Environmental
Considerations
Abrasive Applications
Applications with the presence of dirt, sand, glass or metal particles can lead to premature
wear of the conveying chain and wearstrips. Recommendations:
> Abrasive
Utilize wearstrips and chains with a hard wear surface Applications
If possible, use controls to minimize the amount of accumulation
> Chemical
The use of WX chain material and metal sprockets can extend wear life Applications
Chemical Applications > Dry Applications
Make sure any chemicals or cleaners used on conveyors are compatible with chain, wearstrip > Extreme
and sprockets. See table on page EM - TT - 14 for more detailed compatibility information Temperature
Dry Applications Applications
> Metal Detector

Considerations to be taken when running dry: Applications
Product backline pressure
Conveyor cleanliness > High Speed
Applications
Conveyor pulsation
Increased component wear > Long Length
Extreme Temperature Applications Conveyors /

Pulsation
Applications
The recommended minimum and maximum operating temperatures for Rex® TableTop® chain
and wearstrips can vary due to the presence of moisture
Minimum Maximum
Temperature Temperature
Material Dry Dry Wet
°F °C °F °C °F °C
Acetal -40 -40 180 82 150 66
UHWMPE -100 -73 180 82 160 71
Nylon -40 -40 220 104 NR NR
Stainless Steel -100 -73 800 427 250 121
Steel -40 -40 350 177 250 121
Lubricated Impregnated Wood -50 -46 160 71 160 71
Metal Detector Applications

Plastic chains passing through metal detectors can be supplied with plastic pins on a
Made-To-Order (MTO) basis
High Speed Applications

Magnetflex, LPC279,
In any high speed application, the critical aspect of the conveyor is the corners. The concern MatTop and TableTop
are registered
with running the chain at high speeds is the PV (Pressure-Velocity) in the corners. If the PV lim trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
its are exceeded, the chain or corner track may become damaged due to the heat generated
from the high speed and/or load. It is generally recommended to utilize Nylatron® corner tracks Nylontron is a
in conjunction with PS™ or HP™ materials or selective lubrication for these applications Quadrant Engineering
Long Length Conveyors / Pulsation Applications

Plastics Products

Pulsation or "slip stick" of chain results in a jerking chain motion which can occur in long, slow
speed and dry conveyors. Pulsation can create product stability problems in extreme cases. It
can also result in premature chain elongation or the chain jumping drive sprocket teeth. As a
general rule of thumb, it is recommended that conveyor lengths do not exceed 100 ft (30 m)
per drive, regardless of loading. Rexnord also recommends a 150° minimum wrap on the head
sprocket. If necessary, this can be maintained with the use of a snubber roller

®
EM - TT - 11
TableTop® ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Environmental
Considerations
Static Environment Applications
Under certain conditions, thermoplastic can acquire a static nuisance charge. Static
environments are classified as:
> Static
Environment
Applications Class I: Static spark causes explosion - stainless steel chains are recommended.
!
CAUTION
Class II: Static spark is a nuisance charge - low charge will provide slight shock or possible
> UV Applications
circuit damage.
All applications utilizing thermoplastic anti-static materials (i.e. AS, ESD) must be approved by
Rexnord Application Engineering prior to quoting.
Grounding is crucial for the system to reduce static charges.
UV Applications
When conveyor chains are exposed to direct UV (Ultraviolet) or sunlight, DUV stabilized
material should be utilized

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


TableTop®
MATERIAL CHARACTERISTIC TABLE Environmental
Considerations
Metal Themoplastic
Material
Characteristics HP™ LF D
S SS SSB BWR AS ESD HS P CR MR DUV FR PS™ WX
WHP WLF WD
Impact Resistant . . . . . . . > Material
Wear Resistant . . . . . . . . Characteristic
Chemical Resistant* . . . . Table
Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Frictional
Characteristics
. . . .
Capability to Run Dry
in Corners
. . . . . .
Suitability in Wet
Environments
. . . . . . . . . . .
Low Temperature
Capability (to 40° F)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
High Temperature
Capabilities (to +180° F)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultra Violet Capabilities . . . . . . .
Suitability for Class II
(nuisance static)
. . . . .
Suitability for Class I
(explosive static)
. .
Non-magnetic Qualities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flame Retardance . . . . .
Capability to Convey Hot
Products (to +375° F)
. . . .
FDA Approval . . . . . . . .
S = Carbon Steel ESD = Electrostatic Dissipative
SS = Stainless Steel HS = Heat Stabilized
SSB = Low Magnetic Stainless Steel P = Chemical Resistant
HP™ = High Performance CR = Extreme Chemical Resistant
WHP = White High Performance MR = Melt Resistant
LF = Low Friction DUV = Ultraviolet Resistant
WLF = White Low Friction FR = Flame Retardant
D = Acetal PS™ = Platinum Series™ Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
WD = White Acetal WX = Abrasion Resistant PS, Platinum Series,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
BWR = Black Wear Resistant MatTop and TableTop
AS = Anti-Static are registered
Industries, Inc.
*See Corrosion Resistance Guide on Page EM - TT - 11 for more details
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


®
EM - TT - 13
TableTop® CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE
Environmental
Considerations
Chemically
Carbon Nylon & Resistant
Austenitic Acetal Polyester Polypropylene Polyethylene Neoprene EPDM
Steel Nylatron® Fluorinated
Common Polymer
or
Chemical Name AS, DUV,
HP™, LF, BWR, HS,
> Corrosion S SS, SSB P, FR CR ESD UHMWPE
PS™, WD, MR, WX
Resistance Guide WHP, WLF
Acetic Acid
(over 5%-up to 50%)
U M U M S S S S M S
Acetone U S S S S U S S M S
Alcohol S S S S S S S S S S
Ammonia M S U S S S S S S S
Beer S S S S S S S S S S
Beverages-Soft Drinks S S S S S S S S S S
Benzene S S S S S S M M M U
Brine (pickle) U M M M S S S S S S
Carbon Tetrachloride M M S S S U M M U U
Chlorine U U U U S S S S U M
Citric Acid U S M M S S S S S S
Cyclohexane - — S — — S U U S S
Ethyl Chloride - S S S S S M M M M
Formaldehyde S S S S S M S S S S
Formic Acid U U U U S S S S M M
Fruit Juices U S S S S S S S S S
Gasoline S S S S S S M M S U
Hexane - S S — S S S U S U
Hydrochloric Acid (up to 2%) U U U U S S S S M S
Hydrochloric Acid
(up to 37%)
U U U U S S M S U M
Hydrogen Peroxide U S U U S S S S M S
Iodine U U U U U M M M U U
Isopropanol
(isopropyl alcohol)
S S S S S S S S S S
Lactic Acid U S S M S M S S S S
Methylene Chloride - S S — U M S U U U
Milk S S S S S S S S S S
Muriatic Acid U U U U S S M S U M
Nitric Acid
(low concentrations)
U S U U S S S S M S
Oil (vegetable or mineral) S S S S S M S S S U
Ozonated Water S S M U S S M S U S
Paraffin S S S S S S S S S U
Phosphoric Acid (up to 10%) U S U U S S S S S S
Soap and Water M S S S S S S S S S
Sodium Chloride U M S S S S S S S S
Sodium Hydroxide
(up to 25%)
U S S U U M S S S S
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, Sodium Hypochlorite (Bleach) U U U U S S S S U S

Magnetflex, LPC279, Stearic Acid U S M S S S S S S M
MatTop and TableTop Sulphuric Acid (up to 40%) U U U U S S S S M S
are registered Toluene (Toluol) S S M S S M S U U U
Industries, Inc.
Turpentine - S S S S S S U S U
Vegetable Juices M S S S S S S S U S
Nylontron is a Vinegar U S S S S M S S S S
registered trademark of Water (fresh) U S S S S S S S S S
Whiskey S S S S S S S S S S
Plastics Products
Wine S S S S S S S S S S
All rights Reserved. Xylene S S S S S S U M U U
Dash = Not Tested M = Marginal U = Unsatisfactory S = Satisfactory

i General Rules of Thumb:

With acetal products, do not use cleaning or lubricating agents with a pH below 4 or above 10.
This table is based on data available by various material suppliers.

TableTop®
CONVEYOR DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS Conveyor
Design
Straight Running Configuration

A long conveyor with a single drive is the simplest and most ideal design. Sometimes several
short conveyors are required due to application constraints
Side-flexing Configuration
> Straight
Running
Configuration
Because a straight conveyor is not always possible due to flow processes, obstructions
> Side-flexing
in the plant, the designer can incorporate a side-flexing conveyor, which traverses one or Configuration
more curve
When planning a side-flexing conveyor lay out, the designer must consider the following
factors that affect chain life:
Minimize the number of corners and the angle of each corner whenever possible
Selective lubrication in the corners must
be used with metal side-flexing chains
and certain thermoplastic chains, which Tail Shaft
will prevent excessive noise and A Tail Shaft A
premature wear to the chain or corner
Drive Shaft
Drive Shaft B
When conveying from Point A to Point B, B
design the conveyor so that the drive is
positioned furthest from the last corner Preferred Avoid
(see drawing), resulting in lower chain
tension and maximizing chain life
In general, the straight section between the corner and the drive shaft must be at least 18 in
i (457 mm) to allow adequate room for the catenary (see page EM - TT - 27). The tail shaft
section should be at least 12 in (305 mm).
When conveying products 90°, a single side-flexing conveyor offers the following advantages
over two separate straight conveyors that have transfer plates between them:
Eliminates deadplate transfers or turntables, preventing the product from slipping or stalling
Minimizes tipping and jamming
Decreases noise
Reduces the cost of controls and maintenance by only requiring one drive motor
i Make sure that the entire chain path (carry, return, sprocket and catenary sag areas) has plenty
of clearance for free chain travel. Make sure all frame and support members, piping, conduits
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
and mounting hardware are well clear of chain path. trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
DIRECTION DIRECTION Quadrant Engineering
OF TRAVEL OF TRAVEL Plastics Products

Bi-Directional Chain Uni-Directional Chain

®
EM - TT - 15
TableTop® CONVEYOR DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
Conveyor
Design
Carry Ways
Guide clearance is critical for both straight and side-flexing chains. For guide clearance
> Carry Ways dimensions of individual chains, see tables on page EM - TT - 20 or Product Catalog
> Straight Running Straight Running
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
> Side-flexing -
Bevel Design
> Side-flexing -
Guide
TAB Design Clearance
Typical Construction
Side-flexing - Bevel Design Guide

Clearance
Curve
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
Guide
Clearance
Straight Clearance
0.13 in MIN
(3.3 mm)
Inside of
Turn
Typical Construction - Straight Section Typical Construction - Corner Section
Chain can be lifted out of straight sections only for cleaning or inspection
Side-flexing - TAB Design Guide

Guide
Clearance Clearance
Straight Curve
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop Clearance
are registered 0.25 in MIN
trademarks of Rexnord (6.4 mm)
Inside of
Industries, Inc. Turn
Nylontron is a
Quadrant Engineering Typical Construction - Straight Section Typical Construction - Corner Section
Plastics Products
Positive retention
TABs hold chain down in incline or decline applications
Chain top surface wear is decreased if TAB return is utilized
Once assembled, TAB chain cannot be lifted out of the conveyor track

TableTop®
Design
Carry Ways
Side-flexing - LPC (Low Pin Centerline) Design

®
> Carry Ways
Guide > LPC® (Low Pin

Clearance
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
Curve Centerline)
> Magnetflex ®
Guide
Clearance
Straight Inside of
Turn
Chain can be lifted out of straight and corner sections for cleaning or inspection
Must utilize Rex® corners
Side-flexing - Magnetflex Design ®
Guide
Clearance
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
Curve
Guide
Clearance
Straight
Inside of
Turn
Chain can be lifted out of straight and corner sections for cleaning or inspection
Must utilize Rex® corners

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


®
EM - TT - 17
Conveyor
Design
Carry Ways
> Carry Ways

Multiple Strands (Corner Section Shown)
> Multiple Strands 0.06 in to 0.13 in TYP
(Corner Section BEVEL
(1.5 mm to 3.3 mm)
Shown)
Inside of
Turn Clearance Clearance Clearance
0.13 in MIN 0.13 in MIN 0.13 in MIN
(3.3 mm) (3.3 mm) (3.3 mm)
0.06 in to 0.13 in TYP

TAB (1.5 mm to 3.3 mm)
Inside of
Turn Clearance Clearance Clearance
0.25 in MIN 0.25 in MIN 0.25 in MIN
(6.4 mm) (6.4 mm) (6.4 mm)
Typical Construction - Corner Section
For minimum side-flex radii of individual chains, see table on page EM - TT - 19

Adjacent strands should share a common wearstrip
Key all sprockets on the head shaft
Key only one sprocket on the tail shaft, preferably the center strand

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


TableTop®
SIDE-FLEX RADIUS TABLE Conveyor
Design
Chain Width Minimum Side-flex Radius
Chain Style
in mm in mm
LPC279® 3.25, 4.50, 7.50 82.6, 114.3, 190.5 18.00 457.2

770 TAB 3.25 82.6 11.00 279.4 > Side-Flex Radius
879, 879 TAB, 880, 3.25 82.6 18.00 457.2 Table
880 TAB, 4.50 114.3 24.00 609.6
880 TAB BO 3.25, 4.50 82.6, 114.3 7.87 200.0
3.25 82.6 18.00 457.2
881, 881 TAB
4.50, 7.50 114.3, 190.5 24.00 609.6
881 TAB G 3.63 92.1 18.00 457.2
882 4.50, 7.50, 10.00 114.3, 190.5, 254.0 24.00 609.6
882 TAB 3.25, 4.50, 7.50, 10.00, 12.00 82.6, 114.3, 190.5, 254.0, 304.8 24.00 609.6
3.75 95.3 26.25 666.8
882 TAB LBP
7.50 190.5 24.00 609.6
882 TAB G 3.75 95.3 24.00 609.6
883 TAB LBP 4.50, 7.50 114.3, 190.5 24.00 609.6
1050 Magnetflex®, 1050 TAB 3.31 84.0 19.69 500.0

3.25 82.6 18.00 457.2
LPC®1050 3.31 84.0 19.69 500.0

4.50, 7.50 114.3, 190.5 24.00 609.6
®
1055 Magnetflex 3.31, 4.50 84.0, 114.3 19.69 500.0
1055 TAB 3.31 84.0 19.69 500.0
3.25 82.6 18.00 457.2
LPC®1055 3.31 84.0 19.69 500.0

4.50, 7.50 114.3, 190.5 24.00 609.6
®
1060 Magnetflex 3.31 84.0 19.69 500.0
1843 TAB 1.25, 2.00 31.8, 50.8 10.00 254.0
1843 TAB G 1.50 38.1 10.00 254.0
1863 TAB 2.25 57.2 14.00 355.6
2.25, 3.25, 4.50 57.2, 82.6, 114.3 14.00 355.6
1873 TAB 6.00, 7.50, 10.00 152.4, 190.5, 254.0 18.00 457.2
12.00 304.8 24.00 609.6
1873 TAB G 3.75 95.3 15.00 381.0
2.25, 3.25, 4.50 57.2, 82.6, 114.3 15.00 381.0 Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
1874 TAB 6.00 152.4 18.00 457.2 Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
7.50 190.5 24.00 609.6 are registered
1874 TAB G 3.63 92.1 15.00 381.0 trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
1883 TAB 2.50, 3.25 63.5, 82.6 28.00 711.2
Nylontron is a
10.00 254.0 18.00 457.2 registered trademark of
3873 TAB Quadrant Engineering
12.00 304.8 24.00 609.6
Plastics Products
4873 TAB 3.25 82.6 14.00 355.6
3.25 82.6 15.00 381.0
4874 TAB 6.00 152.4 18.00 457.2
7.50 190.5 24.00 609.6

®
EM - TT - 19
TableTop® GUIDE CLEARANCE TABLES
Conveyor
Design
Rex® TableTop® Chain Track Details
> Guide Clearance

Tables
Straight Running
812
815 863
Chain Style 821 1864 866 843 863T
820 963
831
in 1.75 5.50 1.38 1.63 0.94 1.44 1.31

Guide
Clearance
mm 44.5 139.7 35.1 41.3 23.9 36.5 33.3
Side-flexing
1863
770T 1874
1050
879 879T 882T 4874 1050
Chain Style 882 279 1843 1883 1055
880 880T 883T 1873 1055
1060
881 880BO 4873
881T 3873
Hold Down Style Bevel TAB Bevel TAB LPC® TAB TAB TAB Magnetflex® TAB LPC®
in 1.75 1.81 2.44 2.38 1.75 0.88 1.31 1.66 1.73 1.81 1.75
Guide Clearance
Straight
mm 44.5 46.0 62.0 60.5 44.5 22.3 33.3 42.2 44.0 46.0 44.5
in 1.63 1.75 2.28 2.28 1.75 0.84 1.38 1.72 1.73 1.75 1.75
Guide Clearance
Corner mm 41.1 44.5 57.9 57.9 44.5 21.3 34.9 43.7 44.0 44.5 44.5
in 0.38 0.38 0.63 0.63 0.61 0.38 0.75 0.90 0.51 0.38 0.61
Corner Wearstrip
Thickness mm 9.7 9.7 15.9 15.9 15.5 9.7 19.1 22.0 13.0 9.7 15.5
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


TableTop®
Design
Transfers
Smooth transfer of the conveyed product from one chain to another is essential.
> Transfers
The various methods are described below:
Side Transfer > Side Transfer
> Inline Transfer
Infeed Chain > Radius Edge

Chain
Outfeed Chain
Adjacent strands of chain should share a common wearstrip

No stranded products
Inline Transfer
Outfeed Chain Infeed Chain

Allows product to remain in straight line
Radius Edge Chain

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
PRODUCT PRODUCT are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Standard Chain Radius Edge Chain registered trademark of
Plastics Products
An option to increase product stability at side transfers for certain products All rights Reserved.
“R” designates chains with radius edge


®
EM - TT - 21
Conveyor
Design
Transfers
> Transfers
Deadplate Transfers
Variable Width
> Deadplate
Transfers
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Inline Deadplate Transfer
Variable Width
Outfeed
Chain
Infeed
Chain

0.03 in
PS, Platinum Series, (0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
90° Deadplate Transfer (Brush Transfer)
For deadplate transfers, products should step down to the adjacent chain or deadplate surface
(typically a 0.03 in (0.8 mm) step is recommended)

Deadplates to be mounted slightly higher than the top surface of the outfeed chain
Deadplates should be as short as possible
Deadplate transfers result in stranded product

TableTop®
Design
Transfers
Combiners / Decombiners
> Transfers
> Combiners /
Combiners take products from en masse (in mass) to single file Decombiners
Decombiners take products from single file to en masse (in mass)
Velocity (High)
COMBINER
Velocity (Low) DIRECTION
DECOMBINER
DIRECTION
i For conveyors using multiple strands of chain, key all sprockets on the head shaft and key only
one sprocket on the tail shaft, preferably the center strand.
! If space permits, use enough lanes to keep speed differentials between adjacent strands to about
CAUTION
50 - 75 FPM (15 - 23 MPM), depending on product.
! When several chains run side by side, such as on multiple width conveyors and combiners or
CAUTION
decombiners, make sure the return chains do not interfere with each other.

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


®
EM - TT - 23
Conveyor
Design
Alternate Drive Configurations
> Transfers Offset Wrap Drive

Must utilize side-flexing chains
> Deadplate
Transfers There is less chain required in the conveyor because full return is not required
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprocket)
N
CTIO
DIRE AVEL
R
OF T
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprocket)
Guide Shoe
Guide Shoe
Carousel Without Return (Race track)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


TableTop®
Design
Return Ways
Full Width Sliding Return Bed > Return Ways

Continuous sheets extend the full widthof the chain and almost the entire > Full Width
length between the tail and drive sprockets Sliding
Return Bed
Plates or sheets should be perforated with slots or holes to
N
allow for drainage and the passage of foreign materials IO L
CT VE
> Serpentine Style
I RE RA Return
D FT
O
Solid beds should be avoided to eliminate debris build
!
CAUTION up and suction effect.
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprocket)
Serpentine Style Return

The chain is fully supported
Allows for drainage and the passage of foreign materials
N
IO L
CT VE
I RE RA
D FT
O

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Tail Shaft Industries, Inc.
(Idler Sprocket)
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
i When returning chain with molded inserts (HPM), caution should be taken to insure that
the inserts do not interfere with the return elements.

Possible solutions:
Return the chain on its TABs
Return the chain on the outer edge of the links via rollers or wearstrips

®
EM - TT - 25
Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways Wearstrip Considerations

Wearstrips will contract and expand due to environmental conditions. Suggested methods to
> Wearstrip accommodate this are shown below:
Considerations
> TAB Style DIRECTION DIRECTION

Corner Return OF TRAVEL OF TRAVEL
Idler End Drive End Idler End Drive End
> Bevel Style
Corner Return
Hole for Fasteners
Hole for Fasteners
> Magnetflex®
Style Corner
Return Tongue and Groove Wearstrip Angle Cut Wearstrip
> LPC® Style

See Product Catalog for available corners
Corner Return
> General
Recommendations Clearance
0.25 in MIN
(6.4 mm)
Inside
of Turn
Inside
of Turn
Guide
Clearance
Curve
TAB Style Corner Return LPC® Corner Return
Allows for reduced top surface wear.
General Recommendations
Allow for thermal expansion of wearstrips
All wearstrip surfaces that contact the chain
Inside
of Turn should be in line and smooth (i.e. utilize counter
sunk hold down screws, remove burrs)
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Magnetflex® Corner Return
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products

Inside
of Turn
Clearance
(1.5 mm)
0.06 in
Bevel Style Corner Return

TableTop®
Design
Return Ways
Roller Return > Return Ways
> Roller Return

DIRECTION
OF TRAVEL
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprocket)
B B A
(1 ft to 2 ft) (1 ft to 2 ft) (1.5 x B)
(0.3 m to 0.6 m) (0.3 m to 0.6 m)
Use Last Roller or
Guide Shoe to Guide
Chain onto Corner Track
or Wearstrips
The first roller should be located far enough away from the head sprocket to allow for proper
catenary sag
Dimension "A" should be 1.5 to 2 time greater than Dimension "B"
Rollers are recommended to be at least two times greater than the minimum back-flex radius
of the chain
Example: When using 820 chain series, the minimum back-flex radius is 1.50 in (38.1 mm);
therefore, the minimum roller diameter should be 3.00 in (76.2 mm).
! Insure rollers ALWAYS spin freely

CAUTION
If rollers do not turn freely, uneven wear patterns or scalloping on the top carry surface of the
chain can occur
See table below for minimum back-flex radii for specific chains
!
CAUTION
Roller returns are not recommended for roller base chain designs
Back-flex Radius Table

Min. Back-flex Radius
Chain Style
in mm
279 2.75 69.9
770TAB 1.50 38.1 Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
812, 812 TAB 3.15 80.0
Magnetflex, LPC279,
815, 815 TAB 6.50 165.1 MatTop and TableTop
820, 821, 831 1.50 38.1 are registered
821 LBP 16.00 406.4 trademarks of Rexnord
843 6.00 152.4 Industries, Inc.
845 18.00 457.2
863 TAB 12.00 304.8 Nylontron is a
866 13.00 330.2
879, 879 TAB, 880, 880 TAB, 880 TAB BO, 881, 881 TAB, 882, 882 TAB 1.50 38.1 Plastics Products
882 TAB LBP 9.00 228.6
883 TAB LBP 2.00 50.8 All rights Reserved.
963 6.00 152.4
1050, 1055, 1060 (TAB, LPC® & Magnetflex®) 5.12 130.0
1843 TAB 4.00 101.6
1844, 1863 TAB 6.00 152.4
1864 TAB, 1873 TAB 12.00 304.8

1874 TAB 10.00 254.0
1883 TAB 4.50 114.3
3873 TAB 7.00 177.8
4873 TAB, 4874 TAB 12.00 304.8

®
EM - TT - 27
Conveyor
Design
Catenary Sag
The function of the catenary is to allow a place for excess chain to accumulate
> Catenary Sag Rex® TableTop® chains should never be run tight
> Entry Radius The catenary sag should be measured when running
for Sliding If catenary sag is excessive or increases due to wear, it should be adjusted by removing links
Returns
to obtain the proper sag
Take-ups are typically not recommended
The catenary sag should be located as close to the drive as possible
Tail Shaft
DIRECTION Head Shaft
(Idler Sprocket)
OF TRAVEL (Drive Sprocket)
150.0°
MIN Wrap
Vertical Sag When Running
3 in to 5 in
(76 mm to 127 mm)
Note 1: For 1843, vertical sag should be 2 in to 3.5 in

(51 mm to 89 mm)
Note 2: For roller base chains and LBP chains, Horizontal Span
horizontal span should be 20 in to 24 in 18 in to 24 in
(508 mm to 610 mm) (457 mm to 610 mm)
The catenary sag area must be free of all obstructions, such as frame cross-members, supports,
! drive components, that can damage chain or inhibit proper catenary sag.
CAUTION
Entry Radius for Sliding Returns

! Provide a generous entry radius to the return section which permits the chain to feed smoothly
CAUTION
into the return ways
The entry radius should be greater than the minimum back-flex radius of the chain (see table on
page EM - TT - 27)
Rexnord recommends a 6 in (152 mm) minimum entry radius to prevent non-uniform wear
When returning a chain on its TABs, guide the chain onto the return wearstrips using a
guide shoe (see tables on page EM - TT - 20 for proper guide clearance)
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, At the entry of the return wearstrips, provide rounded corners to prevent catching or snagging
Magnetflex, LPC279,
of the chain flights
MatTop and TableTop
Return Wearstrips
are registered
(TABBED CHAINS ONLY)
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
SIDE VIEW
Guide with Proper
Break Sharp Corners Entry Radius
6 in MIN
(152 mm MIN)
EN CT
DI
RE
TR ION
ENTRY
Y
DIRECTION
BOTTOM VIEW Entry Radius for Sliding Returns

TableTop®
Design
Sprocket and Wearstrip Location

The distance from the end of the wearstrip to the sprocket shaft centerline should equal dimension "C";
otherwise, the wearstrip will interfere with the free articulation of the chain as it enters the sprocket > Sprocket and
Wearstrip
The leading edges of the wearstrip should be beveled Location
The following formulas and dimensions used in conjunction with the figure will give the proper > Sprocket
shaft and wearstrip positioning
Sprocket Location For Conventional Chains:
Location
for Conventional
Chains
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E
C = One Chain Pitch (which ensures support under chain at all times)
See table below for C & E dimensions
Example: For an 820 chain utilizing a 25T sprocket:

English:
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) + E = (6.032 in/2) + 0.125 in = 3.141 in
C = 1.50 in
Metric:
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) + E = (153.21 mm/2) + 3.18 mm = 79.78 mm
C = 38.1 mm Shaft Drop Values
“C” “E”
Tolerances
Chain Series Dimension Dimension
A = +0.03 in / -0.00 in (+0.8mm / -0.0 mm) in mm in mm
LPC279® 1.50 38.1 0.470 11.94
C = +0.25 in / -0.00 in (+6.3 mm / -0.0 mm) 770 1.00 25.4 0.141 3.58
812 1.50 38.1 0.125 3.18
815 1.50 38.1 0.125 3.18
C 820 1.50 38.1 0.125 3.18
E 821 1.50 38.1 0.125 3.18
LBP821 1.50 38.1 0.125 3.18
831 1.50 38.1 0.094 2.39
843 1.00 25.4 0.234 5.94
A 845 1.00 25.4 0.234 5.94
863 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31
866 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31
879 1.50 38.1 0.109 2.77
880 1.50 38.1 0.141 3.58
881 1.50 38.1 0.125 3.18 Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
Pitch Diameter
882 1.50 38.1 0.188 4.78 PS, Platinum Series,
LBP882 1.50 38.1 0.188 4.78 Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
LBP883 1.50 38.1 0.188 4.78 are registered
963 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31 trademarks of Rexnord
1050 Industries, Inc.
1.00 25.4 0.138 3.51
TAB & Magnetflex®
LPC®1050 1.00 25.4 0.470 11.94 Nylontron is a
1055 registered trademark of
1.00 25.4 0.140 3.56 Quadrant Engineering
TAB & Magnetflex®
LPC®1055 1.00 25.4 0.470 11.94 Plastics Products
1060 Magnetflex® 1.00 25.4 0.138 3.51 All rights Reserved.
1757 1.50 38.1 0.530 13.46
LBP1757 1.50 38.1 0.940 23.88
1843 1.00 25.4 0.266 6.76
1844 1.00 25.4 0.266 6.76
1863 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31

1864 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31
1873 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31
1874 1.50 38.1 0.438 11.13
1883 2.00 50.8 0.480 12.19
3873 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31
4873 1.50 38.1 0.406 10.31
4874 1.50 38.1 0.438 11.13

®
EM - TT - 29
Conveyor
Design
Roller Chain Sprockets for Two Piece Chains

Rex® TableTop® two piece roller chains operate over standard ANSI sprockets.
> Roller Chain Read important note below:
Sprockets
for Two
Piece Chains i To prevent interference between chain hold down TABs and sprocket hubs, the maximum hub
diameters are as follows:
1843 TAB - sprocket pitch diameter minus 0.65 in (16.5 mm)
1874 TAB, 4874 TAB - sprocket pitch diameter minus 1.30 in (33.0 mm)
1863 TAB, 863 TAB, 1873 TAB, 4873 TAB - sprocket pitch diameter minus 1.50 in (38.1 mm)
Rex® Roller Base Chain & Sprockets

Chain Series Base Chain Sprockets
1843TAB
#1843
1843TAB G
ANSI #40
845
#843
1844
863TAB #863
963
1863TAB
1873TAB
1873TAB G
1874TAB #63 ANSI #60
1874TAB G
3873TAB
4873TAB
4874TAB
1864 #1864
1883TAB #1883 ANSI #80

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


TableTop®
Design
Idler Wheel and Sprocket Location (Stationary Shafts Only)
> Idler Wheel

Recommended 1.50 in and Sprocket
Set Collar (38.1 mm) Idler "A" Dimension Locations
Clearance Wheel inches mm (Stationary
0.03 in 21T Idler Wheel 2.70 68.6 Shafts Only)
(0.8 mm) 23T Idler Wheel 2.94 74.7
A
25T Idler Wheel 3.17 80.5 > Shafting
27T Idler Wheel 3.41 86.6
for Stationary
Tail Shafts
Idler Wheel Location
The idler wheels can only be used in place of tail shaft sprockets on Rex® TableTop®
one-piece unit link chains
! Idler wheels should not be used with roller base chains

CAUTION
For proper location and smooth operation, the idler wheels should be mounted slightly below
the top of the wearstrips
Shafting Recommendations for Stationary Tail Shafts

Recommended Materials:
Carbon Steel (dry environments only)
Stainless Steel
Suggested Hardness:
25 to 30 Rc
Suggested Surface Finish:
63 µ-in Ra
Rexnord recommends rotating shafts in bearings. If bearings are not used, the following are
guidelines for operating Rex® TableTop® sprockets on stationary shafts:
Max. Recommended Chain Speed Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,

Sprocket PS, Platinum Series,
FPM MPM Magnetflex, LPC279,
N - Acetal 0 - 50 0 - 15 MatTop and TableTop
UHMWPE 0 - 50 0 - 15 are registered
NS - Nylon, Split 0 - 100 0 - 30 trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
LF Bushing (Idler Wheel) 0 - 300 0 - 90
Bronze Bushing 0 - 500 0 - 150 Nylontron is a
Bearings Recommended for Speeds > 300 Recommended for Speeds > 90 registered trademark of
Plastics Products


®
EM - TT - 31
Conveyor
Design
Keyway and Setscrew Sizes

English: KEYWAY
> Keyway and Shaft Diameter Key Width (w) Key height (h) Keyset at Depth (h/2) Setscrew Size
Setscrew > 9/16” to 7/8” 3/16” 3/16” 3/32” 1/4-20
> 7/8” to 1-1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 1/8” 3/8-16
Sizes > 1-1/4” to 1-3/8” 5/16” 5/16” 5/32” 3/8-16
> 1-3/8” to 1-3/4” 3/8” 3/8” 3/16” 3/8-16
> Split > 1-3/4” to 2-1/4” 1/2” 1/2” 1/4” 1/2-13
Sprocket > 2-1/4” to 2-3/4” 5/8” 5/8” 5/16” 1/2-13
Bore Metric:
Nomenclature Shaft Diameter Key Width (w) Key height (h) Keyset at Depth (h/2) Setscrew Size
> 22mm to 30mm 8mm 7mm 3.5mm M6 x 1
> 30mm to 38mm 10mm 8mm 4mm M8 x 1.25
> 38mm to 44mm 12mm 8mm 4mm M10 x 1.5
> 44mm to 50mm 14mm 9mm 4.5mm M10 x 1.5
> 55mm to 58mm 16mm 10mm 5mm M12 x 1.75
> 58mm to 65mm 18mm 11mm 6.5mm M12 x 1.75
i Rexnord uses ANSI Standards for Keyway Dimensions.
English keyed round bore sprockets are available

with one setscrew as standard. Additional w
h/2
setscrews can be provided upon request. Metric
keyed round bore sprockets are not supplied with
h
setscrew as standard.
If multiple strands share a tail shaft, key only one

! sprocket and allow others to rotate. Collars should
CAUTION
be utilized to prevent floating.

Shaft
Diam
eter
Split Sprocket Bore Nomenclature

Shaft Ready - Tight fit on the shaft with a keyway and setscrew.
Plain Bore - Same tight fit bore as a shaft ready bore, but without a keyway and setscrew.
Idler Bore - Round bore with a clearance fit (no keyway or setscrew). Designed to spin freely on
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, the shaft.
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop Rough Stock Bore - Wide tolerance bore used for work in process. Not for use on any shaft.
are registered Must be further machined for actual use.
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Rex®
Rex® TableTop® CALCULATION PROGRAM TableTop®
Calculation
The Rex® TableTop® Calculation Program is available to perform chain pull calculations for specific Program
conveyor applications.
To obtain the most recent calculation program: > Rex® TableTop®
Download from Technical Support at: http://www.rexnord.com/flattop
Calculation
Contact Application Engineering Program
Prior to performing chain pull calculations, the following information is needed:

Chain style, material and width
Wearstrip material
Corner track material (if utilizing a side-flexing chain)
Lubrication conditions (i.e. dry, water, soap & water, oil)
Chain speed (FPM) or (MPM)
Product weight (lbs/ft) or (kg/m)
Product material
Number of starts per hour (e.g. indexing conveyors)
Percent of time product accumulation occurs (i.e. slippage)
Portion of conveyor where product accumulation occurs
Conveyor layout with dimensions
The calculation output sheet contains the following information:

Calculated headshaft chain tension
Maximum allowable headshaft chain tension
Percent of allowable chain tension
Total horsepower required with an assumed gearbox efficiency of 100%
If the percent of allowable chain tension is 100% or less, your conveyor application is within
chain capacity.
The horsepower requirement the program calculates is the "design horsepower" that is required
!
CAUTION to power the conveyor based on the input parameters. Additional considerations should be
made for the type of drive used, efficiency losses in the power train, as well as any gearbox
manufacturer's recommendations.
For a side-flexing conveyor, the calculation output sheet contains the following information: PS, Platinum Series,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
Calculated corner tension (PV) are registered
Maximum allowable corner tension Industries, Inc.

If the calculated corner tension is less than the maximum allowable corner tension, your
conveyor application is within chain PV capacity.
following
For a side-flexing roller base chain conveyor, the calculation sheet contains the
information:
Calculated adjusted corner tension
Maximum allowable adjusted corner tension
If the calculated adjusted corner tension is less than the maximum allowable adjusted corner
tension,your conveyor application is within chain capacity.

®
EM - TT - 33
Rex® Rex® TableTop® CALCULATION PROGRAM
TableTop®
Calculation
Program
The Rex TableTop Calculation Program calculates the following:
® ®
Carousel conveyor analysis (i.e. offset wrap drive conveyors)

> Rex TableTop ® ®
Universal conveyor analysis (i.e. alpine systems, multiple loading systems)
Calculation Catenary sag vs. length vs. tension
Program
Catenary sag vs. length vs. excess chain
Product backline pressure (due to accumulation)
The Rex® TableTop® Calculation Program does not take environmental conditions into
!
CAUTION consideration. This calculation program ONLY provides information on whether the chain is
within capacity.

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


Rex®
Calculation

Program
Calculating Chain Speed, Given Production Output
The speed of each chain depends on the production speed (containers per minute), the container
size (diameter or length), and product flow (single file or en masse). If en masse (in mass), the > Rex® TableTop®
conveyor width must also be considered Calculation
Program
Example: A production line must run at a speed of 1600 containers per minute (CPM). The jars
have a 3.00 in (76.2 mm) diameter.
1) What is the chain speed when the jars are running single file on SS815-K325 chain?
2) What is the chain speed when the jars are running en masse (in mass) on dual
strands of SS815-K750 chain?
1) Single File (one strand of SS815-K325 chain)

N
CTIO
DIRE AVEL
R
OF T
r
1 ft o )
(1 m
English:
Container/ft = 12in/ft = 12 = 4 containers/ft
Dia. or length of Container (in) 3
Chain Speed (FPM) = CPM = 1600 = 400 FPM

Containers/ft 4 Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
Metric: are registered
Container/m = 1000mm/m = 1000 = 13.1 containers/m Industries, Inc.
Dia. or length of Container (mm) 76.2 All rights Reserved.
Chain Speed (MPM) = CPM = 1600 = 400 MPM

Containers/ft 13.1

®
EM - TT - 35
TableTop®
Calculation
Program
Calculating Product Weight, Given Production Output
When calculating chain pull, the weight of product per linear unit of measurement (in the
> Rex® TableTop®
direction of chain travel) per individual strand is required.
Calculation
Program
Example: Continuing with the previous example, a production line must run at a speed of 1600
containers per minute (CPM). Each jar weighs 1.00 lb (0.454 kg).
1) Single File (one strand of SS815-K325 chain)

English:
lbs/ft = (Containers/ft) x (lbs/Container) = 4 x1 = 4.0 lbs/ft
Metric:
kg/m = (Containers/m) x (kg/Container) = 13.1 x 0.454 = 5.9 kg/m
2) Mass Flow (on each strand of SS815-K750 chain)

English:
lbs/ft = (Containers/ft) x (Flight Width (in)/12 in/ft) x (lbs/Container)
= 18.5 x (7.5/12) x 1 = 11.6 lbs/ft
Metric:
kg/m = (Containers/m) x (Flight Width (mm)/1000 mm/m) x (kg/Container)
= 198.1 x (190.5/1000) x 0.454 = 17.1 kg/m

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


Rex®
Calculation
Content
Container
Container Size
Base Dimensions Weight Full Single File En Masse Program
Material
inches mm lbs kg lbs/ft kg/m lbs/ft² kg/m²
Paper 1/2 Pint 3x3 76.2 x 76.2 0.60 0.27 2.4 3.6
Paper Pint 3x3 76.2 x 76.2 1.10 0.50 4.4 6.5
Milk Paper Quart 3-1/8 x 3-1/8 79.4 x 79.4 2.30 1.04 8.8 13.1
Paper 1/2 Gallon 4-1/8 x 4-1/8 104.8 x 104.8 4.50 2.04 13.1 19.5 > Rex® TableTop®
Plastic Gallon 6x6 152.4 x 152.4 8.90 4.04 17.8 26.5
Dairy Calculation
Plastic 6 oz 2-5/8" Ø 66.7Ø 0.40 0.18 1.8 2.7 9.7 46.9
Yogurt
Plastic 6 Pack / 4 oz Containers 5x7 127 x 177.8 1.57 0.71 3.8 5.6 Program
Plastic 1/2 lb 4Ø 101.6Ø 0.60 0.27 1.8 2.7 6.2 30.3
Cottage Cheese Plastic 1 lb 4-3/4 Ø 120.7Ø 1.10 0.50 2.8 4.1 8.1 39.4
Plastic 2 lb 5Ø 127Ø 2.30 1.04 5.5 8.2 15.3 74.4
Concentrated Juice Paper 12 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 1.00 0.45 4.6 6.8 24.1 117.2
Plastic Gallon 6Ø 152.4Ø 1.17 0.53 2.3 3.5 5.4 26.3
Glass Gallon 6Ø 152.4Ø 3.59 1.63 7.2 10.7 16.6 80.6
Juice
Paper 6.75 oz Box (Tetra) 1-1/2 x 2-1/4 38.1 x 57.2 0.48 0.22 3.8 5.7
Plastic 10 Pack / 6.75 Boxes (Tetra) 3 x 10-1/2 76.2 x 266.7 4.87 2.21 19.5 29.0
Aluminum 250 ml PET 2-5/64 Ø 52.9Ø 0.63 0.29 3.6 5.4 24.3 117.4
Aluminum 12 oz 2.6 Ø 66.0Ø 0.85 0.39 3.9 5.8 20.9 101.8
Plastic 500 ml PET 2-37/64 Ø 65.5Ø 1.16 0.53 5.4 8.0 29.0 141.0
Plastic 20 oz PET 2-7/8 Ø 73.0Ø 1.37 0.62 5.7 8.5 27.6 134.1
Soft Drink
Plastic 1 Liter PET 3-3/16 Ø 81.0Ø 2.31 1.05 8.7 12.9 37.8 183.7
Plastic 1-1/2 Liter PET 4-3/16 Ø 106.4Ø 3.40 1.54 9.7 14.5 32.2 156.7
Glass 12 oz 2-1/2 Ø 63.5Ø 1.50 0.68 7.2 10.7 39.9 194.0
Glass 12 oz Non-Returnable 2-3/4 Ø 69.9Ø 1.20 0.54 5.2 7.8 26.4 128.1
Beverages Glass 32 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 3.40 1.54 15.5 23.1 82.0 398.6
Glass 64 oz 3-5/8 Ø 92.1Ø 3.88 1.76 12.8 19.1 49.1 238.6
Aluminum 12 oz 2.6 Ø 66.0Ø 0.85 0.39 3.9 5.8 20.9 101.8
Beer
Paper 12 Pack / 12 oz Cans 10-3/4 x 7-3/4 273.1 x 196.9 10.40 4.72 11.6 17.3
Paper 12 Pack Fridge Pack 16 x 4-7/8 406.4 x 123.8 10.32 4.68 7.7 11.5
Paper 24 Pack / 12 oz Cans 16 x 10-3/4 406.4 x 273.1 20.16 9.14 15.1 22.5
Paper 24 Pack / 12 oz Cans (cube) 10-3/4 x 7-3/4 273.1 x 196.9 20.16 9.14 22.5 33.5
Glass 750 ml 2-7/8 Ø 73.0Ø 2.88 1.31 12.0 17.9 57.9 281.9
Glass 1.5 Liter 4-1/4 Ø 108.0Ø 6.37 2.89 18.0 26.8 58.6 284.9
Wine / Champagne
Glass 12 oz 2-1/2 Ø 63.5Ø 1.22 0.55 5.9 8.7 32.5 157.8
Paper 4 Pack / 12 oz Bottles 5-1/8 x 5-1/4 130.2 x 133.4 5.07 2.30 11.9 17.7
Metal 1/2 lb 4-1/8 Ø 104.8Ø 0.80 0.36 2.3 3.5 7.8 38.0
Metal 1 lb 4-1/8 Ø 104.8Ø 1.30 0.59 3.8 5.6 12.7 61.7
Coffee
Metal 2 lb 5-1/4 Ø 133.4Ø 2.50 1.13 5.7 8.5 15.1 73.3
Metal 3 lb 6-1/4 Ø 158.8Ø 3.80 1.72 7.3 10.9 16.2 78.6
Baby Food Glass Regular 2-3/8 Ø 60.3Ø 0.56 0.25 2.8 4.2 16.5 80.3
Baby Food Glass Junior 2-3/8 Ø 60.3Ø 0.80 0.36 4.0 6.0 23.6 114.8
Soup Metal 10.5 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 0.76 0.34 3.5 5.2 18.3 89.1
Soup Metal 18.5 oz 3-1/8 Ø 79.4Ø 1.33 0.60 5.1 7.6 22.6 110.0
Soup Metal 32 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 1.90 0.86 5.7 8.5 19.7 96.0
Cracker Paper 10 oz Box 2-1/4 x 5-1/4 57.2 x 133.4 0.72 0.33 3.8 5.7
Peanut Butter Plastic 18 oz 3Ø 76.2Ø 1.15 0.52 4.6 6.8 21.2 103.3
Jelly Glass 32 oz 3-5/16" Ø 84.1Ø 2.15 0.98 7.8 11.6 32.6 158.6
Food
Jelly Glass 18 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 1.62 0.73 7.4 11.0 39.1 189.9
Catsup Plastic 24 oz 2-1/4 x 3-3/4 57.2 x 95.3 1.63 0.74 8.7 12.9
Apple Sauce Glass 23 oz 3-5/16 Ø 84.1Ø 2.05 0.93 7.4 11.1 31.1 151.2 Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
Mayonaise Glass 32 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 3.03 1.37 9.1 13.5 31.5 153.1 PS, Platinum Series,
Cereal Paper 14 oz Box 2-3/8 x 7-1/2 60.3 x 190.5 1.06 0.48 5.4 8.0 Magnetflex, LPC279,
Vegetable Metal 14.5 oz 2-15/16 Ø 74.6Ø 1.04 0.47 4.2 6.3 20.0 97.5 MatTop and TableTop
Tuna Metal 12 oz Can 4Ø 101.6Ø 0.88 0.40 2.6 3.9 9.1 44.5 are registered
Tomato Sauce Metal 29 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 2.07 0.94 6.2 9.2 21.5 104.6 trademarks of Rexnord
Dish Soap Plastic 25 oz 2-7/16 x 3-3/8 61.9 x 85.7 1.78 0.81 8.8 13.0 Industries, Inc.
Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 22 oz 2 x 3-3/8 50.8 x 85.7 1.60 0.73 9.6 14.3
Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 32 oz 2-5/8 x 4-1/2 66.7 x 114.3 2.30 1.04 10.5 15.6 All rights Reserved.
Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 100 oz 5-1/2 x 7-3/4 139.7 x 196 7.01 3.18 15.3 22.8
Cleaners
Liquid Bleach Plastic Quart 3-1/4 Ø 82.6Ø 2.40 1.09 8.9 13.2 37.8 183.5
Liquid Bleach Plastic 1/2 Gallon 4-3/4 Ø 120.7Ø 4.80 2.18 12.1 18.0 35.4 171.9
Liquid Bleach Plastic Gallon 6-1/4 Ø 158.8Ø 9.50 4.31 18.2 27.1 40.4 196.5
Liquid Bleach Plastic 182 oz 7-1/4 Ø 184.2Ø 8.16 3.70 13.5 20.1 25.8 125.5
Toilet Paper Paper Individual Roll 4-1/4 Ø 108.0Ø 0.23 0.10 0.6 1.0 2.1 10.3
Toiletries Toilet Paper Plastic 4 Pack 4-1/4 x 8-1/2 108 x 215.9 0.93 0.42 2.6 3.9
Toilet Paper Plastic 24 Pack 12 x 15-1/2 304.8 x 393.7 5.67 2.57 5.7 8.4
Tire Passenger Typical 28 Ø 711.2 Ø 35.00 15.87
Automotive
Tire Truck Typical 48 Ø 1219.2 Ø 150.00 68.03

®
EM - TT - 37
TableTop® NOTES
Notes
Notes

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Rex®
MatTop ®
Chains
MatTop®
CHAIN MATERIALS
Conveyor
Chain
For more detailed material information, see page EM - MT - 13 or the Appendix located at the end
Materials of this manual. Materials vary per chain series; see Product Catalog to determine standard versus
special materials.
> AS (Anti-Static) AS (Anti-Static)

> BWR (Black Wear An electrically conductive acetal formulated to reduce or eliminate nuisance static charge
Resistant)
ALWAYS contact Rexnord Application Engineering for assistance

> CR (Extreme
Chemical
Resistant)
> DUV, HUV, LUV BWR may extend chain life up to 5 times in comparison to other plastic materials in applications
(Ultraviolet such as conveying rough machined parts

Resistant)
> ESD
(Electrostatic
Dissipative) Fluorinated polymer which is chemically resistant to high concentrations of oxidizing agents,
acids and bases
DUV, HUV & LUV (Ultraviolet Resistant)

> FR (Flame
Retardant)
™
> HP & WHP
(High Specially formulated materials
Performance)
Used for outdoor applications with direct exposure to the sun or UV radiation
> HS (Heat
Stabilized) DUV - Acetal, HUV - Polypropylene, LUV - Polyethylene
> HT, WHT, KHT,
BHT, HTB &
ESD (Electrostatic Dissipative)
RHT (High
Polypropylene formulated for conveying sensitive products such as electronics and computer
Temperature)
chips where controlling static charge or static decay is critical
> LF & WLF (Low
Friction) ALWAYS contact Rexnord Application Engineering for assistance

HP ™
& WHP (High Performance)
Patented blend of acetal specifically formulated for dry running conveyors due to excellent friction
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, characteristics
HS (Heat Stabilized)

TableTop, HP, PS,
Platinum Series, UHS,
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
Positrack, TwistLock and
DynamicTransfer
System are registered
Nylon resin designed for environments that contain hot water spray (rinser, sterilizer and
trademarks of Rexnord pasteurizer applications)
HT, WHT, KHT, BHT, HTB & RHT (High Temperature)

Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products Polypropylene formulated for high temperature and general applications in both wet and dry conditions
All rights Reserved. Excellent chemical resistance

Patented blend of acetal provides good wear resistance and long service life due to the low
Rex® MatTop® Chains
coefficient of friction

EM - MT - 2 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual
MatTop®
Chain
MR (Melt Resistant) Materials
A nylon material with a high melting point used to prevent hot objects (product temperature up
to 375° F (190° C)) from melting the top of the chain
> MR (Melt
P (Chemical Resistant) Resistant)
> P (Chemical
A polyester formulated to reduce or eliminate material degradation in applications where chemicals Resistant)
such as chlorine and phosphorous are present in moderate concentrations > PS™ (Platinum
PS ™
(Platinum Series™)
Series™)
> TC (Tough
Composite)
Patented blend of acetal specially formulated for high speed conveying applications
TC (Tough Composite) > UHS™ (Ultra

High Strength)
> WX (Abrasion
Specially formulated, high strength, toughened composite material Resistant)
Excellent for high speed case incline and decline conveyors
Excellent impact and chemical resistance
UHS ™
(Ultra High Strength)
Patented polypropylene composite that allows for increased load carrying capacity and reduced
stretch at elevated temperatures
Ideal for heavy duty pasteurizer, sterilizer and cooler applications
WX (Abrasion Resistant)

abrasives such as glass, sand and dirt
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual EM - MT - 3
MatTop®
CHAIN MATERIALS
Conveyor
Chain
Materials WLT & BLT (Low Temperature)
Polyethylene formulated to retain toughness, impact strength and ductility in both dry and wet conditions
Good chemical resistance
> WLT & BLT (Low
Temperature) Available in white and blue
> WSM, SMB &

BSM
WSM, BSM & SMB (Cut Resistant)
(Cut Resistant)
Tough acetal material formulated for abrasive and impact loading applications
Cut resistant material commonly used in the meat processing industry on cutting, boning and
> WHA & BHA trimming lines
(High
Temperature Available in white, black and blue
Antimicrobial)
MICROBAN® ANTIMICROBIAL PRODUCT PROTECTION AND MICROBAN® ANTIMICROBIAL
> WLA & BLA (Low PRODUCT PROTECTION DETECTABLE MATERIALS
Temperature
Antimicrobial) WHA & BHA (High Temperature Antimicrobial) ***
Specially formulated polypropylene material that inhibits the growth of bacteria, mold and mildew
> WSA, BSA & GSA
(Cut Resistant that can cause degradation of the chain
Antimicrobial) Developed specifically for chains used in food processing
> GLD & RLD (Low Available in white and blue
Temperature
Detectable) WLA & BLA (Low Temperature Antimicrobial) ***
Specially formulated polyethylene material that inhibits the growth of bacteria, mold and mildew
> THD (High
Temperature that can cause degradation of the chain
Detectable) Developed specifically for chains used in food processing
Available in white and blue
WSA, BSA & GSA (Cut Resistant Antimicrobial) ‡
Specially formulated cut and abrasive resistant acetal material that inhibits the growth of bacteria,
mold and mildew that can cause degradation of the chain
Developed specifically for chains used in food processing
Available in white, blue and gray
GLD & RLD (Low Temperature Detectable) ***

A patented blend of polyethylene antimicrobial additive and non-ferrous metal particulate
TableTop, HP, PS, Allows for detection as it passes through a metal detector in dry and frozen food applications
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, Available in gray and red
THD (High Temperature Detectable) ***

DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc. A patented blend of polypropylene antimicrobial additive and non-ferrous metal particulate
Nylontron is a Allows for detection as it passes through a metal detector in dry and frozen food applications
Plastics Products ! Since materials vary in strength, refer to the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) for specific chain /
CAUTION
material strengths when changing out materials.
These materials will not protect the user against food-borne illness. Formulated to inhibit the growth of bacteria, mold
and mildew that may cause discoloration, odor or degradation of the Rex® MatTop® chain. Always maintain good hygiene,
proper cleaning procedures are still required. Microban is a registered trademark of Microban Products Company.
*** These materials meet the end-test requirements as specified by

FDA 21 CFR 177.1520 (c), the FDA requirement for polyolefin materials intended for food contact.
All components of these materials are either compliant for food contact as listed
by the FDA or regulated by the EPA.
‡ All components used in the formulation of Microban Antimicrobial material have federal regulatory approval for food contact.

MatTop®
FRICTION BETWEEN CHAIN AND PRODUCT (Fm) Conveyor
Chain
Chain Material Product Material Materials
Chain Lubrication Returnable Non-Returnable Plastic
Aluminum Glass Paper Steel
Material Condition Glass Bottles Glass Bottles (including PET)
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
AS
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.22
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - - - 0.10
> Friction Table
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30 Between Chain
BWR
Water NR NR NR NR NR NR NR and Product (Fm)
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
CR
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.22 0.27 0.22 0.33 0.30 0.30
DUV
Water 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.17 NR 0.25 0.22
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.28 0.20 0.29 0.20 0.35 0.25 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.15 NR 0.20 0.25
ESD
Soap & Water 0.16 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.20
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.33 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR NR 0.22
FR
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR NR 0.15
Oil - - - - NR NR 0.10
Dry 0.18 0.13 0.16 0.12 0.23 0.18 0.18
Water 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.11 NR 0.16 0.16
HP™, WHP
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.14 0.13
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
HS
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.28 0.20 0.29 0.20 0.35 0.25 0.35
HT, BHA, BHT,
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.15 NR 0.20 0.25
HTB, KHT, RHT,
Soap & Water 0.16 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.20
THD, WHA, WHT
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.28 0.20 0.29 0.20 0.35 0.25 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.15 NR 0.20 0.25
HUV
Soap & Water 0.16 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.20
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15 0.30 0.20 0.25
Water 0.15 0.13 0.16 0.13 NR 0.18 0.20
LF, WLF
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.22 0.28
Water 0.17 0.14 0.17 0.14 NR 0.18 0.22
LUV
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
MR
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
P
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.18 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.23 0.16 0.18 Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
Water 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.16 NR 0.15 0.16 TableTop, HP, PS,
PS™ Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.14 NR 0.14 0.13 Platinum Series, UHS,
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10 DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
TC
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
DynamicTransfer
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10 System are registered
Dry 0.28 0.35 0.47 0.35 0.40 0.30 0.35 trademarks of Rexnord
Water NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Industries, Inc.
UHS™
Nylontron is a
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.22 0.28
WLT, BLA, BLT, Water 0.17 0.14 0.17 0.14 NR 0.18 0.22 Quadrant Engineering
GLD, RLD, WLA Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15 Plastics Products
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30 All rights Reserved.
WSM, BSA,
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
BSM, GSA,
Soap & Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
SMB, WSA
Oil - - - - NR - 0.10
Dry 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15 0.30 0.20 0.25
WX
i All values shown in this table were obtained through product testing. Actual values may be higher or lower
Fm for LBP3003 MatTop® chain (typically) = 0.10; Fm for LBP1503 MatTop® chain (typically) = 0.11,
Fm for LBP7703 MatTop® chain (typically) = 0.07

MatTop®
CHAIN FRICTION BETWEEN CHAIN AND WEARSTRIP (Fm)
Conveyor
Chain
Materials Lubrication Steel and
Conditions Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
AS Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
> Friction Table Dry 0.28 0.22 0.22
Water NR NR NR
Between Chain BWR Soap & Water NR NR NR
and Wearstrips Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
(Fw) Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
CR Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
D, WD Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
DUV Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.25 0.25
ESD Soap & Water 0.20 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
FR Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.22 0.17 0.17
Water 0.20 0.16 0.16
HP™, WHP Soap & Water 0.15 0.14 0.14
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.28 0.28
Water 0.25 0.23 0.23
HS Soap & Water 0.18 0.18 0.18
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
HT, BHA, BHT, HTB, KHT, Water 0.25 0.25 0.25
RHT, THD, WHA, WHT Soap & Water 0.20 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.16 0.25
HUV Soap & Water 0.20 0.26 0.26
Oil 0.10 0.21 0.21
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.20
Water 0.20 0.18 0.18
LF, WLF Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.28 0.23 0.23
Water 0.22 0.20 0.20
LUV Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.28 0.28
Water NR NR NR
MR Soap & Water NR NR NR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
P Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.18 0.18 0.17
Water 0.16 0.16 NR
PS™ Soap & Water 0.13 0.14 NR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.50 0.40 0.40
Water NR NR NR
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, S Soap & Water NR NR NR
TableTop, HP, PS, Oil 0.20 0.20 0.20
Platinum Series, UHS, Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, TC Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Positrack, TwistLock and Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
DynamicTransfer Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.16 0.25
System are registered UHS™ Soap & Water 0.20 0.26 0.26
trademarks of Rexnord Oil 0.10 0.21 0.21
Industries, Inc. Dry 0.28 0.23 0.23
WLT, BLA, BLT, Water 0.22 0.20 0.20
Nylontron is a GLD, RLD, WLA Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
registered trademark of Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Quadrant Engineering WSM, BSA, BSM, Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
Plastics Products GSA, SMB, WSA Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
All rights Reserved. Dry 0.25 0.20 0.20
Water NR NR NR
WX Soap & Water NR NR NR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10

i Friction between chain and wearstrip (Fw) must be adjusted when inclining / declining.
See page EM - MF - 30 (Multiflex section) for more information.
i All values shown in these tables were obtained through product testing. Actual values may be
higher or lower depending on environmental conditions.

MatTop®
SPROCKET AND IDLER WHEEL DESIGNATIONS Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Rexnord has developed a variety of sprocket and idler materials for various and unique Designations
applications. Sprockets are available in plastic and metallic varieties.
Plastic Plastic
Acetal
> Acetal
Good corrosion and wear resistant properties
> Heat Stabilized
One piece sprocket Nylon
Temperature Range: -40° to +180° F (-40° to + 82° C)
> Glass Reinforced
Heat Stabilized Nylon Nylon
Stabilized nylon based resin for environments that contain hot water spray rinser, sterilizer
> Chemical
and pasteurizer applications
Resistant
Resists thermal degradation from 212° F (100° C) water spray
> KU and KUS
Available in select one piece styles only (Machined
Temperature Range: -40° to + 220°F (-40° to +104° C) Plastic)
Glass Reinforced Nylon
Metallic
Split sprocket design for ease in assembly and disassembly
Excellent wear resistant properties > Semi-Steel (Cast
Iron)
Chemical Resistant > SS (Stainless
Steel)
Used in applications where chemical resistance is required (i.e. chlorine, phosphorous)
PE: Temperature Range: -100° to +80° F (-73° to + 27° C)
CR: Temperature Range: +40° to +240° F (+4° to +116° C)
Sprockets come in a wide variety of pitch diameters and bore size
Metallic
Semi-Steel (Cast Iron) TableTop, HP, PS,
Used in non-corrosive, abrasive environments such as broken glass, metal chips DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
One piece sprocket DynamicTransfer
Temperature Range: -40 to +350° F (-40° to +177° C) System are registered
SS (Stainless Steel) Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Used in corrosive, abrasive environments such as vegetable processing, snack foods registered trademark of
Available in select chains only Plastics Products
Available in split and one piece designs All rights
Temperature Range: -100 to +800° F (-73° to + 427° C)

Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual EM - TT - 7
MatTop® WEARSTRIP MATERIALS
Wearstrip
Materials
Proper chain and wearstrip selection will provide optimum life. Since a function of the wearstrip is to
lower friction and to reduce wear, it is recommended to give careful consideration when
your application:
> Acetal
> Aluminum
Acetal
> Bronze and
Brass Aluminum
> Nylatron® NOT RECOMMENDED due to poor wear resistance
(Nylon with
Moly Filler) Bronze and Brass
> Lubricant Sometimes used with stainless steel chains
Impregnated Typically used for non-sparking and anti-static conditions
Wood
For bronze - recommended one half hard temper (Rb 58)
> Steel For brass - recommended one half hard (Rb 70 Min) to full hard (Rb 82) temper
> Stainless Steel
> Teflon ®
®
Especially suited for dry operation on thermoplastic side-flexing chain corners due to its high PV
(Pressure-Velocity) rating
Typically not recommended in wet applications because it will absorb moisture and expand (if used in
wet applications, allow clearance for expansion and movement of fasteners)

Steel
TableTop, HP, PS, A cold rolled plain carbon steel is recommended
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, Heat treated grades - hardened to 25 to 30 Rc is recommended

DynamicTransfer
System are registered Stainless Steel
Industries, Inc. Recommended for corrosive, abrasive or high temperature applications
Nylontron is a Abrasive particles are less likely to imbed in metal wearstrips in comparison to plastic
Quadrant Engineering A cold rolled austenitic grade is recommended which offers the best corrosion resistant properties
Plastics Products
Teflon is a registered
Recommended one quarter hard temper (25 to 35 Rc)
trademark of E.I. du
Pont de Nemours and
Softer annealed grades of austenitic are NOT RECOMMENDED. Adverse interaction between
Company and its the chain material and the soft stainless steel might develop. When this happens, the resulting
affiliates wear debris consists almost entirely of finely divided stainless steel particles, nearly black in
All rights Reserved. color, similar to molydisulfide or graphite. The wear of the stainless steel might be rapid while the
thermoplastic chain by contrast exhibits only slight wear
Martensitic stainless steel can also be used when heat treated (25 to 35 Rc); however, it is not as
corrosion resistant as austenitic
Teflon ®

MatTop®
Materials
UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene)
Recommended for dry or wet applications on straight or side-flexing conveyors
Not recommended for abrasive conditions where particles may imbed in the surface and wear
> UHMWPE (Ultra
the chain High Molecular
Provide lower coefficient of friction than metals Weight
Polyethylene)
· Ceramic / glass
· Conductive
· Oil / wax
CAUTION

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop® LUBRICATION
Lubrication
reducing chain tension; but also, greatly improves the wear life of the chain and wearstrips. Lubrication
offers a constant cleaning effect of both the chain and wearstrip and can also reduce static.
> General
Recommendations
Lubrication should contact both the chain and wearstrip
> General Types When lubricating side-flexing Rex® MatTop® chains, the lubricant must be applied at the entrance
of Lubricants
of the outside corner track
> Selective
Lubrication General Types of Lubricants
Water - Only utilize with corrosion resistant
materials. Can be used as a general lubricant;
however, it is not as effective as other types due
to friction and chain cleaning properties
DI TR
RE AV
OF
Water soluble lubricants and soaps - Only utilize
CT EL
IO
N
with corrosion resistant materials. These are
excellent lubricants which also help clean the A
chain Minimum A
Oil base lubricants - These are vegetable, mineral Countersink Depth

0.03 in
oils or grease which offer high lubricity. Can be (0.8 mm)
used with plastic or metal materials.

Recommended to be used on all metal chains Section A -A
whenever practical. Food grade oils are available Commercial Grease
Fitting Located on
Outside Corner at Infeed
Selective Lubrication
Method of furnishing lubricant to chain
thrust surface
In some applications, the presence of a lubricant cannot be tolerated. For these applications, it is
recommended to utilize chains made of HP™ or PS™ acetal material with Nylatron® corners, which
offers the lowest coefficient of friction. An alternative for the 7956B RexFlex™ chain is to utilize the
bearing attachment
To eliminate or reduce lubrication, contact Rexnord Application Engineering to conduct a run

dry survey. 1.262.376.4800

TableTop, HP, PS,
For more information on lubrication types, compatibility, methods, contact a lubricant manufacturer.
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Conveyor
Chain
Abrasive Applications Materials
> Abrasive
Utilize wearstrips and chains with a hard wear surface Applications
> Chemical
The use of WX chain material and metal sprockets can extend wear life Applications
Chemical Applications > Dry Applications
Make sure any chemicals or cleaners used on conveyors are compatible with chain, wearstrip > Extreme
and sprockets. See table on page EM - TT - 15 for more detailed compatibility information Temperature
Dry Applications Applications
> Metal Detector

Considerations to be taken when running dry: Applications
Conveyor cleanliness > Metal
Detectable
Conveyor pulsation
Applications
Increased component wear
Extreme Temperature Applications > Impact Loading

Applications
> High Speed
and wearstrips can vary due to the presence of moisture Applications
Minimum Maximum > Long Length
Material Conveyors /
Dry Dry Wet Pulsation
°F °C °F °C °F °C Applications
Acetal -40 -40 180 82 150 66
UHWMPE -100 -73 180 82 160 71
Nylon -40 -40 220 104 NR NR
Stainless Steel -100 -73 800 427 250 121
Steel -40 -40 350 177 250 121

Made-To-Order (MTO) basis Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
High Speed Applications TableTop, HP, PS,

In any high speed application, the critical aspect of the conveyor is the corners. The concern DynamicTransfer
with running the chain at high speeds is the PV (Pressure-Velocity) in the corners. If the PV lim trademarks of Rexnord
its are exceeded, the chain or corner track may become damaged due to the heat generated Industries, Inc.
from the high speed and/or load. It is generally recommended to utilize Nylatron® corner tracks Nylontron is a
in conjunction with PS™ or HP™ materials or selective lubrication for these applications Quadrant Engineering
Long Length Conveyors / Pulsation Applications Plastics Products


MatTop® ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Conveyor
Chain
Materials
> Static
Environment
Applications Class I: Static spark causes explosion - stainless steel chains are recommended.
!
CAUTION
Class II: Static spark is a nuisance charge - low charge will provide slight shock or possible
> UV Applications
circuit damage.
UV Applications

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
MATERIAL CHARACTERISTIC TABLE Conveyor
Chain
HT
BHT
Materials
WLT HTB WSM WSA
Material HP™ LF WHA WLA
BLT KHT BWR AS ESD HS P CR MR DUV HUV LUV FR BSM UHS™ BSA TC PS™ WX
Characteristics WHP WLF BHA BLA
GLD RHT SMB SMB
THD
WHT
Impact Resistant . . ..
. .
.. . > Material
Characteristic
Wear Resistant . . . . . . . . .. Table
Chemical
Resistant* . . .. . .
Strength . . . . . ... .
. . . ..
Low Frictional
Characteristics . . .
Capability to
Run Dry
in Corners
. . . ..
Suitablity
in Wet
Environments
. . . . ... . ... . . . . ...
Low
Temperature
Capability
. . . . . .. . . . . ..
(to 40° F)
High
Temperature
Capabilities
. . . . . . ..... . . . . ..
(to +180° F)
Ultra Violet
Capabilities . ... .. .
Suitability for
Class II
(nuisance static)
. .
Suitability for
Class I
(exlosive static)
Non-magnetic
Qualities . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . ....
Flame
Retardance . .
Capability to
Convey Hot
Products
.
(to +375° F)
FDA Approval . . . . .. . . . . .
WHA = White High Temerature with Microabn®
HP™ = High Performance ESD = Electrostatic Dissipative Antimicrobial Product Protection
BHA = Blue High Temerature with Microabn®
WHP = White High Performance HS = Heat Stabilized Antimicrobial Product Protection
WSA = White Special Material with Microabn®
LF = Low Friction P = Chemical Resistant Antimicrobial Product Protection
BSA = Blue Special Material with Microabn® Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
WLF = White Low Friction CR = Chemical Resistant Antimicrobial Product Protection PS, Platinum Series,
GSA = Gray Special Materail with Microabn® Magnetflex, LPC279,
BLT = Blue Low Temperature MR = Melt Resistant Antimicrobial Product Protection MatTop and TableTop
are registered
WLA = White Low Temerature with Microabn®
HT = High Temperature DUV = Ultraviolet Resistant Antimicrobial Product Protection trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
BLA = Blue Low Temerature with Microabn®
BHT = Blue High Temperature HUV = High Temperature Ultraviolet Resistant Antimicrobial Product Protection Microban is a registered
trademark of Microban
HTB = Black High Temperature LUV = Low Temperature Ultraviolet Resistant GLD = Gray Low Temperature Metal Detectable Products Company.
KHT = Khaki High Temperature FR = Flame Retardant RLD = Red Low Temperature Metal Detectable All rights Reserved.
RHT = Red High Temperature WSM = White Special Material THD = Tan Low Temperature Metal Detectable
WHT = White High Temperature BSM = Black Special Material TC = Tough Composite
BWR = Black Wear Resistant SMB = Blue Cut Resistant Acetal PS™ = Platinum Series™
AS = Anti-Static UHS™ = Ultra High Strength WX = Abrasion Resistant
*See Corrosion Resistance Guide on Page EM - TT - 15 for more details

MatTop® CONVEYOR DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
Conveyor
Design
Pasteurizers / Coolers / Warmers
Things to be taken into consideration include:
Thermal expansion (see page EM - MT - 25 for details)
> Pasteurizers /
Coolers /
Length and width
Warmers Square or hex shafting
> Vacuum Water flow
Conveyors Tracking
Pasteurizer design manuals are available for more details utilizing 5997 or 9608 chains
If double deck systems are utilized, careful consideration should be taken to ensure adequate
!
CAUTION clearance for product conveyability on the lower deck.
Vacuum Conveyors
Percentage of open area required
Hole patterns required
·Footprint of product conveyed
Standard vacuum chains are 5935, 4705 and 8505
Other series available with drilled holes on a made-to-order (MTO) basis

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
CORROSION RESTANTANCE GUIDE Conveyor
Chain
Chemically Materials
Nylon
Carbon Resistant
Austenitic Acetal & Polyester Polypropylene Polyethylene
Steel Fluorinated
Nylatron®
Polymer
AS, BSA, BSM, BHA, BHT,
BLA, BLT,
Common DUV, GSA, ESD, HT, HTB, > Corrosion
GLD, LUV,
or HP™, LF, PS™, BWR, HS, P, FR, HUV, KHT,
S SS CR RLD, Resistance Guide
Chemical Name SMB, WHP, MR, WX TC RHT, THD,
UHMWPE,
WLF, WSA, UHS™, WHA,
WLA, WLT
WSM WHT
Acetic Acid (over 5%-up to 50%) U M U M S S S S
Acetone U S S S S U S S
Alcohol S S S S S S S S
Ammonia M S U S S S S S
Beer S S S S S S S S
Beverages-Soft Drinks S S S S S S S S
Benzene S S S S S S M M
Brine (pickle) U M M M S S S S
Carbon Tetrachloride M M S S S U M M
Chlorine U U U U S S S S
Citric Acid U S M M S S S S
Cyclohexane - — S — — S U U
Ethyl Chloride - S S S S S M M
Formaldehyde S S S S S M S S
Formic Acid U U U U S S S S
Fruit Juices U S S S S S S S
Gasoline S S S S S S M M
Hexane - S S — S S S U
Hydrochloric Acid (up to 2%) U U U U S S S S
Hydrochloric Acid (up to 37%) U U U U S S M S
Hydrogen Peroxide U S U U S S S S
Iodine U U U U U M M M
Isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol) S S S S S S S S
Lactic Acid U S S M S M S S
Methylene Chloride - S S — U M S U
Milk S S S S S S S S
Muriatic Acid U U U U S S M S
Nitric Acid (low concentrations) U S U U S S S S
Oil (vegetable or mineral) S S S S S M S S
Ozonated Water S S M U S S M S
Paraffin S S S S S S S S
Phosphoric Acid (up to 10%) U S U U S S S S
Soap and Water M S S S S S S S
Sodium Chloride U M S S S S S S Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
Sodium Hydroxide (up to 25%) U S S U U M S S TableTop, HP, PS,
Sodium Hypochlorite (Bleach) U U U U S S S S Platinum Series, UHS,
Stearic Acid U S M S S S S S Positrack, TwistLock and
Sulphuric Acid (up to 40%) U U U U S S S S DynamicTransfer
Toluene (Toluol) S S M S S M S U System are registered
Turpentine - S S S S S S U Industries, Inc.
Vegetable Juices M S S S S S S S
Nylontron is a
Vinegar U S S S S M S S registered trademark of
Water (fresh) U S S S S S S S Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products
Whiskey S S S S S S S S
Wine S S S S S S S S All rights Reserved.
Xylene S S S S S S U M
Dash = Not Tested M = Marginal U = Unsatisfactory S = Satisfactory

General Rules of Thumb:

i With acetal products, do not use cleaning or lubricating agents with a pH below 4 or above 10.

MatTop® Rex® MatTop® CHAIN STYLES
Conveyor
Design
Rex® MatTop® Chain Surface Styles
> Rex® MatTop®

Chain
Surface
Styles
Solid Top Perforated Top Open Area Raised Rib
Not necessarily 0% open Used where air or water Used where the Used where very smooth
area flow is required maximum amount of air head transfers are
General use Open area from 6 to 30% or water flow is required required
Open area larger than Utilized with transfer
30% combs
Textured Top LBP Transverse LBP
Used to reduce products Low backline pressure Low backline pressure

from sticking top the used to minimize used to transfer products
chain backline pressure at 90°
between products

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
Chain
Materials
> Pin
Retention
Soldered Head Plug-Plug, Plug-Blind Plug-TAB Plug-No TAB Styles
Excellent pin retention Reusable pin Reusable pin Reusable pin
Pins are not reusable No special tools required No special tools Needle nose plier
Soldering iron required Pin access on one side required required
See table below for of the chain for plug-blind Plug access from Plug access from
Rex® MatTop® chain design top surface on both top surface on both
pin soldering tips Pin access on both sides of chain sides of chain
sides of the chain for Pin access on both Pin access on both
plug-plug design sides of chain sides of chain
MatTop® Pin Soldering Tips

Part Number Description Chain Series
114-2047-1 Solder Tip 3/16 in 2100, 5935, 5936, 6938
114-2128-1 Solder Tip 3/8 in 4705, 4706, 4707, 5966, 5996
Plug-Bearing Attachment
Offset Pin Hole
Available with bearing on one side
No plugs
or both sides
Reusable pin
Reusable pin
No special tools required
No special tools required
Pin access on both sides of the chain
Plug access from top surface on
Patented design
both sides of chain
Pin access on both sides of chain
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
TwistLock® Pin Retention Industries, Inc.
Plugs are integral part of chain Nylontron is a
Reusable pin
No special tools required Plastics Products
Pin access on both sides of chain All rights Reserved.
Patented design

MatTop® Rex® MatTop® CHAIN STYLES
Conveyor
Chain
Materials
Assembled to Width
> Assembled to
Width
> Molded to
Width (MTW)
Width determined by customer order

Rexnord stocks families of modules
Refer to table on page EM - MT - 60 for specific widths
Bricked construction
Assembled to customer order
Molded to Width (MTW)
Available in standard Rex® TableTop® chain widths (i.e. 3-1/4 in, 4-1/2 in, 6 in, 7-1/2 in)
Refer to table on page EM - MT - 60 for specific widths
Available with or without Positrack™ tracking guides in some chain styles
Stocked in 10 ft lengths
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
Chain
Straight Running Configuration Materials
A long conveyor with a single drive is the simplest and most ideal design. Sometimes several
short conveyors are required due to application constraints
> Straight
Running
Configuration
Because a straight conveyor is not always possible due to flow processes, obstructions in the
plant, the designer can incorporate a side-flexing conveyor, which traverses one or more curves > Side-flexing
Configuration
When conveying products 90°, the following methods can be utilized:
DTS® transfer (DynamicTransfer System™) > Incline / Decline
Configuration
Side-flexing Rex® TableTop® or Rex® MatTop® chain
Deadplate transfer
LBP chain with transverse rollers
i For more information on transfer details (see page EM - MT - 29 - 32). For transfers other than
90°, side-flexing chains must be utilized.
When planning a side-flexing conveyor layout, the designer must consider the following factors
that affect chain life:
Minimize the number of corners and the
angle of each corner whenever possible
Tail Shaft
Selective lubrication in the corners should
be considered for certain applications, A Tail Shaft A
which will prevent excessive noise and Drive Shaft
premature wear to the chain or corner Drive Shaft B
B
When conveying from Point A to Point B,
design the conveyor so that the drive is Preferred Avoid
positioned furthest from the last corner
In general, the straight section between the corner and the drive shaft must be at least 18 in
i (457 mm) to allow adequate room for the catenary (see page EM - MT - 46). The tail shaft
section should be at least 12 in (305 mm).
When conveying products 90°, a single side-flexing conveyor offers the following advantages
over two separate straight conveyors that have transfer plates between them: Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
Eliminates deadplate transfers or turntables,preventing the product from slipping or stalling TableTop, HP, PS,
Minimizes tipping and jamming DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
Decreases noise DynamicTransfer
Reduces the cost of controls and maintenance by only requiring one drive motor trademarks of Rexnord
Incline / Decline Configuration

Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
General rules of thumb when designing incline or decline conveyors are as follows: Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products
Chain should not be pushed
Catenary should be located after the drive shaft
Drive shaft should be located at the top of the conveyor for incline conveyors
Chains that use pushers, sideguards and high friction inserts need special requirements in the
return section (see page EM - MT - 40 - 45 for examples)
i Make sure that the entire chain path (carry, return, sprocket and catenary sag areas) has plenty
of clearance for free chain travel. Make sure all frame and support members, piping, conduits
and mounting hardware are well clear of chain path.

Conveyor
Design
Carry and Return Ways

Guide clearance is critical for both straight and side-flexing chains, especially in extreme
> Carry and temperature applications (see page EM - MT - 21 for details). For guide clearance dimensions of
Return Ways side-flexing and Molded to Width (MTW) chains containing Positrack™ tracking guides,
see tables on page EM - MT - 22 or the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en)
> Full Width
Sliding Carry Offset rail, serpentine and chevron patterns are recommended to maximize chain life because
or Return Ways
they provide uniform wear across the full width of the chain.
Rex® MatTop® chains can be supported in a variety of arrangements
! Allow for thermal expansion of chain (see page EM - MT - 21) and wearstrips (see page EM - MT - 32)

CAUTION
Full Width Sliding Carry or Return Ways

Continuous sheets extend the full width of the chain and almost the entire length between the
tail and drive sprockets
Plates or sheets may be perforated with slots or holes to allow for drainage and the passage of
foreign materials
Not recommended as a return support for wet applications, since a "suction" can be created
between the chain and bed
Recommended in areas of high impact loading
ION
E CT EL
R
DI TRAV
OF

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprocket)

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Offset Rail Style and Serpentine Carry or Return Ways > Carry and
The chain is fully supported Return Ways
Allows for drainage and the passage of foreign materials > Offset Rail Style
Offset rail, serpentine and chevron patterns are recommended to maximize chain life because and Serpentine
they provide uniform wear across the full width of the chain Carry or Return
Ways
ION
ECT L
DIR RAVE
T
OF
6 in TYP
(152 mm TYP )
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprockets)
2 in TYP
(51 mm TYP )
Top View of
Wearstrips
Offset Rail Carry or Return Ways
ION
ECT L
DIR RAVE
T
OF Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
24 in All rights Reserved.
( 610 mm )
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprockets)
Serpentine Carry or Return Ways

Conveyor

Design
> Carry and

Chevron Carry or Return Ways
Return Ways The chain is fully supported
Allows for drainage and the passage of foreign materials
> Chevron Carry
or Return Offset rail, serpentine and chevron patterns are recommended to maximize chain life because
Ways they provide uniform wear across the full width of the chain
> Other
Recommendations
> Chains with

Attachments
ION
> LBP Chains ECT
DIR RAVEL
T
OF
6 in TYP
(152 mm TYP)
2 in TYP
(51 mm TYP)
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprockets)
Chevron Carry or Return Ways
Other Recommendations
TableTop, HP, PS,
Chains with Attachments
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, For chains with attachments, see page EM - MT - 40 - 45
DynamicTransfer Offset can only be used for carry way and return
LBP Chains
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Offset rails, serpentine, and chevron should only be used in the carry ways
Plastics Products
Only use roller return ways for LBP MatTop® chains, see page EM - MT - 37

MatTop®
Chain
Carry Ways
Materials
Guide clearance is critical for both straight and side-flexing chains. For guide clearance
dimensions of individual chains, see tables on page EM - MT - 22 or Product Catalog > Carry and
Return Ways
(8rxCAT-en)
Straight Running > Straight

Running
> TAB Style

(4705/4706,
(25.4 mm MIN)
Guide 5935/5936, 7956
1.00 in MIN
1.00 in MIN
(25.4 mm)
Clearance
& 8505/8506)
Typical Construction with Positrack™

Typical Construction Tracking Guides
Edge guides are recommended for LBP MatTop® chain with transverse rollers
TAB Style (4705/4706, 5935/5936, 7956 & 8505/8506)

Guide Clearance
8505TAB
TABs hold chain down in incline or decline applications

TABs hold chain in place for vacuum applications
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Conveyor

Design
Carry Ways
Side-flexing - TAB Design (7956 Chain Series)
> Carry Ways
Guide Clearance Straight Guide Clearance Curve
0.47 in
> Side-flexing - (11.9 mm)
TAB Design Outside
(7956 Chain of Turn
(23.6 mm)
0.93 in
(23.6 mm)
Series)
0.93 in
> Side-flexing - Typical Construction - Straight Section Typical Construction - Corner Section
No TAB Design
(7956 Chain Positive retention
Series) TABs hold chain down in incline or decline applications
> Side-flexing - For recommended guide clearances see page 26
with Bearing For further design recommendations, see the 7956TAB RexFlex™ Design Manual (8rx7956TABdm-en)
Side-flexing - No TAB Design (7956 Chain Series)
Attachment
Design (7956
Chain Series)
Guide Clearance Guide Clearance
> Side-flexing -
Positrack™
Design (7526
Chain Series)
No hold down in the straight sections

Chain can be lifted in the straight section for ease in cleaning and in maintenance
For recommended guide clearances see page 26
For further design recommendations, see the 7956 No TAB RexFlex™ Design Manual (8rx7956NTdm-en)
Side-flexing - 7956 with Bearing Attachment Design (7956 Chain Series)
(25.4 mm)
(19.1 mm)
1.00 in
0.75 in
0.75 in Min.
(19.0 mm)
Outside of Curve Inside of Curve
1.00 in
(25.4 mm) TYP 2 in to 3 in
TYP 4 in to 5 in OR (50 mm to 70 mm)
(100 mm to 250 mm)
TYP 2 in to 3 in TYP 2 in to 3 in
(50 mm to 75 mm) (50 mm to 75 mm)
1.00 in TYP 2 in to 3 in TYP 2 in to 3 in
TableTop, HP, PS, (25.3 mm) (50 mm to 75 mm) (50 mm to 75 mm)
Platinum Series, UHS, Typical Construction - Straight Section Typical Construction - Corner Section
(19.0 mm Min.)
0.75 in Min.
DynamicTransfer
Outside of Curve Inside of Curve
Industries, Inc.
(50 mm to 75 mm) (50 mm to 75 mm)
Nylontron is a Guide Clearance
registered trademark of (50 mm to 75 mm)
Guide Clearance
(50 mm to 75 mm)
Typical Construction - S Turn Straight Section Typical Construction - S Turn Corner Section
Plastics Products
All rights Reserved. For further design recommendations, see the 7956B RexFlex™ Design Manual (8rx7956Bdm-en)
Side-flexing - Positrack ™
Design (7526 Chain Series)
Chain Width
Track Width
Typical Construction - Straight Section
For further recommendations, see the 7526 section in the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en)

MatTop®
Chain
Guide Clearance
Room Temperature Applications:
Materials
Guide Clearance (GC) = Chain Width + A > Guide

Clearance
Elevated Temperature Applications:
Actual width increases by an amount that is dependent upon temperature, chain width and the > Standard
plastic coefficient of thermal expansion Conveyor Guide
Clearance
Coefficients of Thermal Expansion Standard Conveyor Guide Clearance Calculation of
Material inches / Feet / F° mm /m / C° Dimension A Conveyor Length
Acetal 0.0006 0.09 inches mm feet m GC at Elevated
Polyethylene 0.0015 0.23 0.38 9.7 Up to 30 Up to 9 Temperatures
Ploypropylene 0.0010 0.15 0.63 16.0 30 to 50 9 to 15
Nylon 0.0005 0.07 0.75 19.1 Over 50 Over 15
Standard Conveyor Guide Clearance Calculation of GC at Elevated Temperatures

Example:
Assume a 12 ft (3.6 m) wide, 45 ft (13.5 m) long
pasteurizer operating at an average temperature of
190° F (88° C) and utilizing a polypropylene chain
The increase in the width ( W) due to the

temperature of 190° F (88° C) can be found A
as shown:
English:
A
W = W (chain width) x CTE x T
W = 12 ft x 0.0010 in/ft/°F x (190-70° F)
W = 1.44 in VIEW A - A
Guide Clearance
Metric: Chain Width + A
W = W (chain width) x CTE x T
W = 3.6 m x 0.15 mm/m/°C x (88-21° C)
W = 36.6 mm
Allow for standard clearance, "A", based upon conveyor length.

For a 45 ft (13.5 m) long conveyor, A = 0.63 in (16.0 mm) (from the Standard Conveyor Guide TableTop, HP, PS,
Clearance Table) DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
The total GC for this example is: DynamicTransfer
GC = Chain width at room temperature + expansion due to temperature + standard clearance (A) Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
English: registered trademark of
GC = 144 in + 1.44 in + 0.63 in = 146.07 in Plastics Products

Metric:
GC = 3658 mm + 36.6 mm + 16.0 mm = 3710.6 mm

Conveyor
Design
Molded to Width Rex® MatTop® Chains with Positrack™ Tracking Guides

Rex® MatTop® Chains with Positrack™ tracking guides are usually guided in a manner similar to
> Molded to Rex® TableTop® Chains
Width Rex®
Chain Guide Clearance
MatTop®
Chains with 7705 (MTW) PT
Positrack™ 5705 (MTW) PT 7706 (MTW) PT 8505 (MTW) PT
Tracking Chain Style 1505 DTS® PT 5706 (MTW) PT 7705 (MTW) PT 8506 (MTW) PT
Guides 5705 DTS® PT 7705 DTS® PT 8505 DTS® PT
7705 DTS®-R PT
> Molded to Guide in 2.13 1.75 1.75 1.75
Width Clearance mm 54.1 44.5 44.5 44.5
RexFlex™

Chains
> Assembled Molded to Width RexFlex™ Chains

to Width
7526 Chains Guide clearances are identical for straight and curve sections
> Assembled Chain Style 7956TAB-6 7956TAB-12 7956TAB-15 7956TAB-18 7956TAB-24 7956TAB-30
to Width
Rex® Guide in 4.70 10.60 13.50 16.60 22.60 28.60
MatTop® Clearance mm 119.4 269.4 342.9 421.6 574.0 726.4
Chains with
Positrack™ Chain Style 7956 No TAB-6 7956 No TAB-12 7956 No TAB-15 7956 No TAB-18 7956 No TAB-24 7956 No TAB-30
Tracking
Guides Guide in 6.20 12.20 15.20 18.20 24.20 30.20
Clearance mm 157.5 309.9 386.1 462.3 614.7 767.1
Guide clearances for carry configurations with bearings on both sides

Chain Style 7956B-6 7956B-12 7956B-15 7956B-18 7956B-24 7956B-30
Guide in 4.30 10.23 13.15 16.15 22.15 28.25

Clearance mm 109.2 259.8 334.0 410.2 562.6 718.3
Guide clearances for return configurations with bearings on both sides
Chain Style 7956B-6 7956B-12 7956B-15 7956B-18 7956B-24 7956B-30
Guide in 6.28 9.18 15.21 18.21 24.21 30.26

Clearance mm 159.5 233.2 386.3 462.5 614.9 768.5

TableTop, HP, PS,
Assembled to Width 7526 Chains
For further recommendations, see the 7526 section in the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en)
DynamicTransfer
System are registered Chain Guide Clearance
Industries, Inc. 7705 PT 8506 & 8506 PT End
Nylontron is a
Chain Style End Modules Modules
Quadrant Engineering Guide in 1.75 1.72
Plastics Products
Clearance mm 44.5 43.7
Assembled to Width Rex® MatTop® Chains with Positrack™ Tracking Guides

For further recommendations, see the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en)

MatTop®
Chain
Transfers
Materials
In the operation of Rex® MatTop® chain conveyors, smooth transfer of the conveyed product
from one chain to another is essential for product protection and prevention of downtime. The > Transfers
various methods are described below > Side Transfer
> DTS® Transfer

Infeed Chain (Dynamic
Transfer
System™)
Outfeed Chain
Side Transfer
DTS Transfer (DynamicTransfer System )
® ™
DTS® is a self clearing transfer which eliminates stranded product

See the diagram below for left-hand and right-hand transfers
Left-hand Right-hand
Transfer Transfer
Outfeed Chain
! It is difficult to retrofit an existing deadplate

CAUTION
transfer with DTS .
®
It is recommended to consult with a

qualified OEM to discuss the retrofit Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
TableTop, HP, PS,
details Platinum Series, UHS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
Infeed Chain
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in

Conveyor
Design
Transfers
> Transfers
Transverse Roller Transfer
> Transverse
Roller
Transfer
Variable Width
> Inline Transfer
Outfeed Chain
Infeed Chain
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Infeed chain is to be slightly higher than LBP MatTop® chain with transverse rollers
Infeed and outfeed conveyors should be mounted as close as possible to each other
Deadplate should be used if the gap between chains is greater than half of the product bottom
surface area to prevent the product from dropping below the LBP chain

TableTop, HP, PS,
Inline Transfer
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
registered trademark of Outfeed Chain Infeed Chain
Plastics Products



MatTop®
Chain
Transfers
Materials
Inline Deadplate Transfer > Transfers

Variable Width
> Inline Deadplate
Transfer
> 90° Deadplate

Transfer
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Inline Deadplate Transfer
90° Deadplate Transfer

Variable Width
Outfeed Chain

Infeed Chain TableTop, HP, PS,
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in

DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products

90° Deadplate Transfer (Brush Transfer)
For deadplate transfers, products should step down to the adjacent chain or deadplate surface
(typically 0.03 in (0.8 mm) step is recommended)
Deadplates to be mounted slightly higher than the top surface of the outfeed chain
Deadplates should be as short as possible
Deadplate transfers result in stranded product

Conveyor
Design
Transfers
> Transfers
1500 Series Nose-Over End to End Transfer
> 1500 Series
Nose-Over Chordal action (small pitch is recommended)
End to End Drive configurations (see page EM - MT - 33 for details)
Transfer
Nose-over bar types:
·
Rotating shaft or dynamic
·
Sliding
1500 series nose-over bar design manuals are available for more details (8rxNOdm-en)
Minimum
Deadplate Width
0.75 in
(19.1 mm)

(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Low Profile Nose-Over Bar

(135 -180 Chain Wrap)
Standard Profile Nose-Over Bar
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, (135 min. Chain Wrap)
TableTop, HP, PS,
or
Positrack, TwistLock and Dynamic Nose-Over Bar
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
DynamicTransfer (Not Shown)

Industries, Inc. 1500 - 7 Tooth Sprockets (180 Chain Wrap)
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products

1500 Series Nose-Over End to End Transfer

MatTop®
Chain
Transfers
Materials
1500 Series Nose-Over 90° Head to Side Transfer > Transfers
i See notes on page EM - MT - 30 for 1500 Series Nose-Over Bar details. > 1500 Series
Nose-Over
90° Head to
Side Transfer
Outfeed Chain
Minimum
Deadplate Width
0.75 in
(19.1 mm)
Infeed Chain
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Low Profile Nose-Over Bar

(180 Chain Wrap)
(0.8 mm)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in
Standard Profile Nose-Over Bar

(135 min. Chain Wrap)
or
Dynamic Nose-Over Bar

(0.8 mm)
(Not Shown)
(0.8 mm)
0.03 in
0.03 in

TableTop, HP, PS,
1500 - 7 Tooth Sprockets (180 Chain Wrap) Platinum Series, UHS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
1500 Series Nose-Over 90° Head to Side Transfer Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products


Conveyor
Design
Transfers
> Transfers Combiners / Decombiners

Combiners take products from en masse (in mass) to single file
> Combiners /
Decombiners Decombiners take products from single file to en masse (in mass)
Velocity (High)
COMBINER
Velocity (Low)
DIRECTION
DECOMBINER
DIRECTION
i For conveyors using multiple strands of chain, key all sprockets on the head shaft and key only
one sprocket on the tail shaft, preferably the center strand.
! If space permits, use enough lanes to keep speed differentials between adjacent strands to
CAUTION about 50 - 75 FPM (15 - 23 MPM), depending on product.
! When several chains run side by side, such as on multiple width conveyors and combiners or
CAUTION
decombiners, make sure the return chains do not interfere with each other.
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Nose-Over Bar Conveyors > Alternate
Drive
Catenary or take-up arrangements will vary based on drive configurations Configurations
1500 series nose-over bar design manuals are available for more details (8rxNOdm-en)
> Nose-Over Bar
Conveyors
(76 mm to 127 mm)

Travel
Vertical Sag
3 in to 5 in
Nose-Over Bar
Diameter
0.75 in
(19.1 mm) Horizontal Span
Not to Scale
5 ft to 6 ft
(1.5 m to 1.8 m)
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprockets) Travel
Bi-Directional
Horizontal Span
Reference Not to Scale
(76 mm to 127 mm)

18 in 5 ft to 6 ft
Vertical Sag
3 in to 5 in
(457 mm) (1.5 m to 1.8 m)
Travel
Roller Moves to
Adjust Tension
See Note
Nose-Over Bar
Diameter
0.75 in
(19.1 mm) Trav
el
NOTE: Vertical sag must be maintained so

sag does not interfere with chain leaving
Head Shaft
the drive sprocket (Drive Sprockets) Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
Uni-Directional TableTop, HP, PS,
Reference
18 in Positrack, TwistLock and
(457 mm) DynamicTransfer
Travel Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Roller Moves to Plastics Products
Nose-Over Bar
Diameter
Adjust Tension
0.75 in See Note All rights Reserved.
(19.1 mm) Trave
l
NOTE: Pneumatic take-up is preferred Head Shaft

(Drive Sprockets)
Uni-Directional No Catenary

Conveyor
Design
> Alternate
Bi-Directional Bottom Drive Conveyors (for heavy duty service)
Drive Recommended roller spacing is 2 ft to 3 ft (0.5 m to 1 m), depending on speed and other
Configurations considerations
> Bi-Directional
Allow for thermal expansion or contraction (see page EM - MT - 25 for chain information or
Bottom Drive
Conveyors (for
i EM - MT - 58 for sprocket information).
heavy duty
service)
Idler Rollers
Idler rollers can be continuous drums or a series of individual rollers
If individual rollers are used, they should be positioned in line with the drive sprockets
Rollers are recommended to be at least two times greater than the minimum back-flex
radius of the chain
Bottom Drive
All sprockets must be keyed inline (see page EM - MT - 58)
End Terminals
For single strand, continuous width conveyors, key at least two sprockets, preferably the inner
most sprockets
End Terminal Travel End Terminal
Vertical Sag
3 in to 7 in
(76.2 mm to 177.8 mm)
Horizontal Span
5 ft to 6 ft
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, Idler Rollers (1.5 m to 1.8 m)
TableTop, HP, PS,
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, Head Shaft
Positrack, TwistLock and (Drive Sprockets)
Travel
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Bi-Directional End Drive Conveyors (for light duty service) > Alternate
The end drive method is ONLY recommended for very light duty service conveyors Drive
Configurations
(10 ft to 20 ft (3 m to 6 m) centers) where the chain tension on the carry side can be balanced
by the catenary tension > Bi-Directional
Call Application Engineering to determine catenary dimensions for specific applications End Drive
Conveyors (for
For applications beyond the capacity of the end drive method, use the bottom drive light duty
configuration service)
! Make sure the sprockets are properly aligned on the shaft (see page EM - MT - 58).
CAUTION
Travel
Horizontal Span
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprockets)
Vertical Sag
Support Rollers
Idler Roller
Idler Roller

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways Wearstrip Considerations

Wearstrips will contract and expand due to environmental conditions. Suggested methods to
> Wearstrip accommodate this are shown below
Considerations
> Roller Return

DIRECTION DIRECTION
Idler End OF TRAVEL Drive End Idler End OF TRAVEL Drive End
Hole for Fasteners

Hole for Fasteners
Tongue and Groove Wearstrip Angle Cut Wearstrip
The first roller should be located far enough away from the head sprocket to allow for proper
catenary sag
DIRECTION Head Shaft

OF TRAVEL (Drive Sprockets)
B B
(1 ft - 2 ft) (1 ft - 2 ft) A
(0.3 m - 0.6 m) (0.3 m - 0.6 m) (1.5 x B)
Use Last Roller or

Guide Shoe to Guide
Chain onto Corner Track
or Wearstrips Roller Return
Roller Return
TableTop, HP, PS,
Dimension "A" should be 1.5 to 2 times greater than Dimension "B"
Rollers are recommended to be at least two times greater than the minimum back-flex radius of
Positrack, TwistLock and the chain Back-flex Radius Table
DynamicTransfer Min. Back-flex Radius
System are registered Chain Style
in mm
trademarks of Rexnord Example: When using 4705 chain series, the roller minimum 1505/1506 1.00 25.4
Industries, Inc. back-flex radius is 1.50 in (38.1 mm); therefore, the minimum 2011/2015/2016 3.43 87.0
Nylontron is a 2100 1.00 25.4
roller diameter should be 3.00 in (76.2 mm). 3003/3004 3.75 95.3
Quadrant Engineering 4705/4706 1.50 38.1
Plastics Products Insure rollers ALWAYS spin freely 4707 2.00 50.8
All rights Reserved. If rollers do not turn freely, uneven wear patterns or scalloping 5705/5706 1.50 38.1
5935/5936 1.00 25.4
on the top carry surface can occur 5966 1.50 38.1
See table for minimum back-flex radii for specific chains 5995/5996/5988 1.50 38.1
5997 2.75 69.9
For offset rail, serpentine and chevron wearstrip configurations, 6085 2.00 50.8
see page EM - MT - 21 - 22 6938 1.00 25.4
7526 0.59 15.0

7703 2.00 50.8
7705/7706/7708 1.00 25.4
7725/7726 1.00 25.4
7956 6.00 152.4
8505/8506 1.00 25.4
8507 3.50 88.9
9608 1.50 38.1

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Return Ways
Roller Return - Staggered Rollers > Return Ways
See table on page EM - MT - 37 for minimum back-flex radii for specific chains > Roller Return -
Staggered
Rollers
> Roller Return -

ION Full Width
ECT
DIR RAVEL Rollers
T
OF
8 in Typical Spacing
(203 mm)
12 in - 24 in
(305 mm - 610 mm)
Refer to Table on Page EM - MT - 30

for Minimum Diameter
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprockets)
Staggered Rollers
Roller Return - Full Width Rollers

See table on page EM - MT - 37 for minimum back-flex radii for specific chains
ION
ECT
DIR RAVEL
T
OF
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
for Minimum Diameter trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
12 in - 24 in
(305 mm - 610 mm) Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprockets)
Full Width Rollers

Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

Vacuum Breaker
Vacuum breakers can be utilized to reduce "suction" on solid bed returns in “wet” applications
> Vacuum Breaker
Vacuum breakers are typically spaced 2 ft to 5 ft (0.6 m to 1.5 m) apart
> Curve Section
(7956 Chain
Series)
ION
ECT
DIR RAVEL
> Straight Section T
OF
TAB Return
Vacuum Breakers
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprockets)
Vacuum Breaker
Curve Section - TAB, No TAB & B Design (7956 Chain Series)

See Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) for more information on available curves
Guide Clearanace
Outside
of Turn
0.47 in Guide Clearance Curve 0.6 in +0.09

-0.03
(11.9 mm)
(15.24 mm +2.29
-0.76 )
7956TAB Side-flexing TAB Return (Corner Section) 7956 No TAB Side-flexing Return (Corner Section)
Guide Clearance

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc. 7956B Side-flexing Return (Corner Section)
Nylontron is a
Straight Section - TAB Return

Plastics Products

Guide Clearance
Straight
TAB Return (Straight Section)

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Return Ways
0.69 in
Supports for Chains with Rollers (17.4 mm)

Chain Indent > Return Ways
> Supports for

Chains with
Rollers
Roller Height
0.13 to 0.25 in
(19.9 mm)
0.79 in
(3.0 to 6.0 mm)
Clearance per side
Return Wearstrip Profile
Chain
Rollers
Wearstrips
For chains up to 18 in (457 mm) wide

Chain
Return Bed
Chain

TableTop, HP, PS,
Rollers DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
Center Wearstrip Edge Wearstrip Positrack, TwistLock and
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
For chains over 18 in (457 mm) wide Nylontron is a
Chain Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products

Rollers Return Bed
For chains over 18 in (457 mm) wide

Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

Supports for Chains with Pushers
Allows for reduced top surface wear
> Supports for
Chains with Chain
Pushers
(152 mm MIN)
6 in MIN
F - Pusher
Roller
1.50 in MIN
(38.1 mm MIN)
Chain
Wearstrip
F - Pusher
Chain
F - Pusher
Wearstrip
Chain
(152 mm MIN)
6 in MIN
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, F - Pusher

TableTop, HP, PS,
Platinum Series, UHS, Roller 1.50 in MIN
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, (38.1 mm MIN)
Positrack, TwistLock and Chain
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a Wearstrip
Quadrant Engineering F - Pusher
Plastics Products
Chain F - Pusher
Wearstrip
For chains wider than 24 in (610 mm)

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Return Ways
Supports for Chains with High Friction Inserts > Return Ways
> Supports for

Chains with High
Friction Inserts
Chain
High Friction Insert

Roller 1.00 in - 1.50 in MIN

(25.4 mm - 38.1 mm MIN)
Chain
Wearstrip High Friction Insert
Chain

TableTop, HP, PS,

Roller 1.50 in MIN DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,

(38.1 mm MIN)
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Chain Nylontron is a
Plastics Products

Wearstrip
For chains wider than 24 in (610 mm)

Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

Incline Conveyor
Head Shaft
> Incline Conveyor (Drive Sprockets)
150°
Minimum
Wrap
ing
R unn
hen
g w 5 in
a o
tical S 3 in t m to )
Ver m m
(76 27 m
ION 1
an
E CT EL nta
l Sp in )
R
DI TRAV o rizo to 24 10 mm
H 8 in o 6
OF 1 mt
7m
(45
A
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprockets)
W
Chain Width
Center Support
Required if Chain
Shoes, Rollers or Width Exceeds
Slider Supports 24 in
on Chain Edges (610 mm)
W
Chain Width
Section A - A
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, Enlarged View
TableTop, HP, PS,
Positrack, TwistLock and The catenary position depends on the incline angle
DynamicTransfer
Rollers or shoes MUST meet the minimum back-flex radius requirements
Industries, Inc.
If the incline angle is severe, take-up units may need to be considered
Nylontron is a Spring or pneumatic take-up units are preferred
Quadrant Engineering Pusher indents provide surface area for return
Plastics Products
Notches within the pusher attachment help to extend the life of the pusher
A pusher center return support is required for chains wider than 24 in (610 mm)
Slider supports, shoes or rollers can be utilized in the return sections
Sideguards can be utilized to capture product
When abrasives are present, the use of drums or abrasion resistant idler sprockets should
be considered
Use guard or drip pans when required

MatTop®

Chain
Materials
Return Ways
Incline Conveyor with Transitions > Return Ways
Head Shaft > Incline Conveyor

(Drive Sprockets)
with Transitions
150°
Minimum
Vertical Sag when Running Wrap
3 in to 5 in
(76 mm to 127 mm)
AV N
TR CTIO
EL
OF IRE
D Guide Shoe
Roller Support
Horizontal Span
18 in to 24 in
(457 mm to 610 mm)
A
Guide Shoe
Tail Shaft Slider Support
(Idler Sprockets)
A
W
Chain Width
Center Support
Required if Chain
Back-flex radius for MatTop® Chains With Pusher & Sideguard Attachments W
Chain Width
Chain Attachments Attachment Spacing Min Back-flex Radius
in mm in mm
2.00 50.8 5.00 127.0
F4 4.00 101.6 5.00 127.0
6.00 152.4 5.00 127.0
8.00 203.2 5.00 127.0
2.00 50.8 7.00 177.8 Section A - A
F6
4.00 101.6 7.00 177.8 Enlarged View
6.00 152.4 7.00 177.8
8.00 203.2 7.00 177.8
2010 2.00 50.8 7.00 177.8
Series 4.00 101.6 6.00 152.4
C4/RC4
6.00 152.4 5.00 127.0
8.00 203.2 4.50 114.3
2.00 50.8 10.00 254.0
4.00 101.6 8.00 203.2
C6/RC6
6.00 152.4 7.50 190.5
8.00 203.2 7.00 177.8 Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
SG2 - - 6.00 152.4
TableTop, HP, PS,
SG3 - - 7.50 190.5
SG4 - - 9.00 228.6
The catenary position depends on the incline angle Positrack, TwistLock and
DynamicTransfer
Rollers or shoes MUST meet the minimum back-flex radius requirements System are registered
In carry transition areas, the radius should be as large as possible Industries, Inc.
If the incline angle is severe, take-up units may need to be considered Nylontron is a
Spring or pneumatic take-up units are preferred Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products
Pusher indents provide surface area for return
be considered

Conveyor

Design
Return Ways
Decline Conveyor
> Return Ways
Tail Shaft
> Decline Conveyor (Idler Sprockets)
N
TIO
I R EC VEL
D TR A
OF
A
ing
nn
Ru
en
Head Shaft g wh in m)
l Sa to 5 7 m
(Drive Sprockets) tica 3 in to 12
Ver
mm
(76
W
Chain Width
pan Center Support

al S Required if Chain
r i z ont 24 in mm)
Ho 8 in to 610 Shoes, Rollers or Width Exceeds
1 to 24 in
m Slider Supports
7m (610 mm)
(45 on Chain Edges
W
Snub Roller Chain Width
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, Section A - A

TableTop, HP, PS, Enlarged View
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, A snubber roller can be utilized to maintain a 150° to 180° wrap on drive sprocket
DynamicTransfer The catenary position depends on the incline angle
trademarks of Rexnord Rollers or shoes MUST meet the minimum back-flex radius requirements
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
In carry transition areas, the radius should be as large as possible
registered trademark of If the decline angle is severe, take-up units may need to be considered
Plastics Products Spring or pneumatic take-up units are preferred
All rights Reserved. Pusher indents provide surface area for return

be considered

MatTop®

Chain
Materials
Return Ways
Decline Conveyor with Transitions > Return Ways

Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprockets) > Decline Conveyor
with Transitions
N
TIO
EC EL
DIR TRAV
OF Guide Shoe
Slider Support
ng
nni
Head Shaft Ru A
(Drive Sprockets) hen in
g w m)
Sa to 5 m
r t i cal 3 in to 127
Ve
mm
(76
Roller Support
150°
Minimum an
Wrap l Sp in
nta ) W
o rizo to 24 10 mm
H 8 in o 6 Chain Width
1 mt
7m
(45
Center Support
Required if Chain
W
Chain Width
Section A - A
Enlarged View
A snubber roller can be utilized to maintain a 150° to 180° wrap on drive sprocket
The catenary position depends on the incline angle
Rollers or shoes MUST meet the minimum back-flex radius requirements TableTop, HP, PS,
In carry transition areas, the radius should be as large as possible DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
If the decline angle is severe, take-up units may need to be considered DynamicTransfer
Spring or pneumatic take-up units are preferred System are registered
Pusher indents provide surface area for return Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Notches within the pusher attachment help to extend the life of the pusher registered trademark of
A pusher center return support is required for chains wider than 24 in (610 mm) Plastics Products
Slider supports, shoes or rollers can be utilized in the return sections All rights Reserved.
be considered

See table on page EM - MT - 36 for back-flex information

Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

Catenary Sag
The function of the catenary is to allow a place for excess chain to accumulate
> Catenary Sag
Rex® MatTop® chains should never be run tight
The catenary sag should be measured when running
If the catenary sag is excessive or increases due to wear, it should be adjusted by removing links
to obtain the proper sag (2 pitches must be removed for LBP 3000 series chains and any chain
with sidguards)

2 in to 5 in
(51 mm to 127 mm)
CL Sprocket
Horizontal Span
24 in to 36 in
(610 mm to 914 mm)
Conveyors with up to 40 ft (12 m) centers and top load up to 15 lbs/ft2 (75 kg/m2)

2 in to 5 in
(51 mm to 127 mm)
CL Sprocket

Horizontal Span
TableTop, HP, PS, ( Sprocket O.D. ( MIN
2 36 in to 48 in
Platinum Series, UHS, (914 mm to 1219 mm)
Positrack, TwistLock and Conveyors with up to 60 ft (18 m) centers and top load up to 20 lbs/ft2 (100 kg/m2)
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Quadrant Engineering Vertical Sag When Running
2 in to 5 in
Plastics Products (51 mm to 127 mm)
CL Sprocket
Horizontal Span
( Sprocket O.D. ( MIN 48 in to 60 in
2 (1219 mm to 1524 mm)
Conveyors with longer than 60 ft (18 m) centers and top load in excess of 20 lbs/ft2 (100 kg/m2)
! The catenary sag area must be free of all obstructions, such as frame cross-members, supports,
CAUTION
drive components, that can damage chain or inhibit proper catenary sag.

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Return Ways
Entry Radius for Sliding Returns > Return Ways

Provide a generous entry radius to the return section which permits the chain to feed smoothly > Entry Radius
into the return ways for Sliding Returns
The entry radius should be greater than the minimum back-flex radius of the chain (see table
on page EM - MT - 32)
When returning 7956 chain on its TABs, guide the chain onto the return wearstrips using a
guide shoe (see table on page EM - MT - 22 for proper guide clearance)
At the entry of the return wearstrips, provide rounded corners to prevent catching or snagging
SIDE VIEW
Guide with Proper
EN CT
DI
RE
TR ION
Entry Radius
Y
6 in MIN
(152 mm MIN)

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Conveyor
Design

The distance from the end of the wearstrip to the sprocket shaft centerline should equal dimension
> Sprocket and "C"; otherwise, the wearstrip will interfere with the free articulation of the chain as it enters the
Wearstrip sprocket
Location
The leading edges of the wearstrip should be beveled
> Sprocket The following formulas and dimensions used in conjunction with the figure will give the proper
Location for
Sprocket Location For Conventional Chains:
Conventional
Chains
Shaft Drop Values - For Conventional Chain
Chain Chain C Dimension E Dimension
Series Number in mm in mm
1500 1505/1506 0.59 15.0 0.19 4.8
C
2010 2011/2015/2016 2.00 50.8 0.32 8.0
E
2100 2100 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.3
3000 3003/3004 2.50 63.5 0.43 11.1
4700 4705/4706 1.50 38.1 0.25 6.3
5700 5705/5706 1.50 38.1 0.25 6.3
A
5930 5935/5936 0.75 19.1 0.17 4.3
5966 5966 1.50 38.1 0.25 6.3
5990 5995/5996/5998 2.25 57.2 0.36 9.1
6085 6085 2.00 50.8 0.31 7.8
6938 6938 0.75 19.1 0.17 4.3
Pitch Diameter 7526 7526 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.3
7700 7705/7706/7708 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.3
7720 7725/7726 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.3
7950 7956 1.25 31.8 0.25 6.3
8500 8505/8506 0.75 19.1 0.17 4.3
9600 9608 1.50 38.1 0.38 9.6
Example: For a 5996 chain utilizing a 14T sprocket:

A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E = (10.111 in/2) - 0.360 in = 4.696 in
C = 2.25 in
TableTop, HP, PS, Metric:
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E = (256.82 mm/2) - 9.14 mm = 119.27 mm
Positrack, TwistLock and C = 57.1 mm
DynamicTransfer
trademarks of Rexnord Tolerances:
Industries, Inc.
A = +0.03 in / -0.00 in (+0.8mm / -0.0 mm)
Nylontron is a
C = +0.25 in / -0.00 in (+6.3 mm / -0.0 mm)
Plastics Products
All rights Reserved. ! Above values are good only for sprockets mounted between support tracks. For sprockets
CAUTION
mounted in line with support tracks:
C= ( )O.D. 2
2
2
- (A-t) + 0.125
O.D. = Outside Diameter
t = Wearstrip Thickness

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
The distance from the end of the wearstrip to the sprocket shaft centerline should equal
dimension "C"; otherwise, the wearstrip will interfere with the free articulation of the chain as it > Sprocket and
Wearstrip
enters the sprocket Location
> Sprocket
The following formulas and dimensions used in conjunction with the figure will give the proper Location for
shaft and wearstrip positioning Raised Rib
Sprocket Location for Raised Rib Chains: Chains
See table below for B, C, E & F dimensions
D = (Pitch Diameter/2) + F
T = Comb Thickness (see Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) for dimensions)
C
B T
F Chain B Dimension C Dimension E Dimension F Dimension
Series in mm in mm in mm in mm
4707 3.25 82.6 1.50 38.1 0.250 6.35 0.500 12.70
E 5997 3.25 82.6 2.25 57.2 0.360 9.14 0.610 15.49
D
A 8507 3.25 82.6 0.75 19.1 0.170 4.32 0.390 9.91
Pitch Diameter

A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E= (10.111 in/2) - 0.360 in = 4.696 in
B = 3.25 in
C = 2.25 in
D = (Pitch Diameter/2) + F = (10.111in/2) + 0.610 in = 5.666 in
T = 0.25 in
Metric: TableTop, HP, PS,
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E = (256.82 mm/2) - 9.14 mm = 119.27 mm DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
B = 82.6 mm DynamicTransfer
C = 57.2 mm trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
D = (Pitch Diameter/2) + F = (256.82 mm/2) + 15.49 mm = 143.90 mm
Nylontron is a
T = 6.4 mm registered trademark of
Tolerances: Plastics Products
A = +0.03 in / -0.00 in (+0.8mm / -0.0 mm) All rights Reserved.
C = +0.25 in / -0.00 in (+6.3 mm / -0.0 mm)
D = +0.00 in / -0.03 in (+0.0 mm / -0.8 mm)
"B" dimension is flexible. One must ensure that the comb fingers extend beyond the sprocket
centerline to avoid transfer problems.
! Mounting sprocket s in line with wearstrips is not recommended for chains using comb
CAUTION
transfer plates.

Conveyor
Design

The distance from the end of the wearstrip to the sprocket shaft centerline should equal
> Sprocket and dimension "C"; otherwise, the wearstrip will interfere with the free articulation of the chain as it
Wearstrip enters the sprocket
Location
> Sprocket The following formulas and dimensions used in conjunction with the figure will give the proper
Location for
Sprocket Location for Chains with Rollers:
Chains with
Rollers
See table below for C, E & F dimensions
See Roller Transfer Plate Design Manual (8rxRTPdm-en) for H & V dimensions
(22.4 mm)
Chain C Dimension E Dimension F Dimension

0.88 in
DIRECTION
H C OF TRAVEL Series in mm in mm in mm
F
1503 0.59 15.0 0.19 4.9 0.21 5.33
3003 2.50 63.5 0.44 11.2 0.57 14.5
E
3004 2.50 63.5 0.44 11.2 0.60 15.2

7703 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 1.04 26.4
A
V
Pitch
Diam
eter
(PD
)

A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E= (5.759 in/2) - 0.250 in = 2.630 in
C = 1.00 in
Metric:
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E = (146.28 mm/2) - 6.40 mm = 66.74 mm
TableTop, HP, PS,
Platinum Series, UHS, C = 25.4 mm
DynamicTransfer
Tolerances:
System are registered A = +0.03 in / -0.00 in (+0.8mm / -0.0 mm)
Industries, Inc.
C = +0.25 in / -0.00 in (+6.3 mm / -0.0 mm)
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products ! Mounting sprockets in line with wearstrips is not recommended.
CAUTION


MatTop®
NOTES Notes
Notes

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Conveyor
Design
Sprocket Location for DTS® Chains

* L only applies to 7700 series DIRECTION
J OF TRAVEL
> Sprocket INFEED
Location for L* DIRECTION
W OF TRAVEL
DTS® Chains
DISCHARGE
C
S
E
A
Cha
in W
rap
(CW
)
Pi
tch
Di
am
ete
r(
PD
)
DTS® Shaft Drop 4.50 in - For 1505, 5705, 7705 and 8505 Chains
* L only applies to 7700 series J DIRECTION

OF TRAVEL
L*
INFEED
W DIRECTION
OF TRAVEL
DISCHARGE
C
S
E
M M
D
A
Pitch
Diam
eter
(PD)
Ch
ain
Wr
ap
(C
W)
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, DTS® Shaft Drop 7.50 in - For 7705 Chain
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer DIRECTION
System are registered J
OF TRAVEL
trademarks of Rexnord INFEED
Industries, Inc. DIRECTION
W
OF TRAVEL
Nylontron is a DISCHARGE
Plastics Products
C
S
D

E
A
Cha
in W
rap
(CW
Pit )
ch
Di
am
ete
r(
PD
)
DTS® Shaft Drop 7.50 in - For 8505 Chain

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Sprocket Location for DTS® Chains
1505 - 4.50 in Single Module DTS® > Sprocket
No. of D J Location for
PD A C CW E S W
Spkt.Teeth Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge DTS® Chains
4.524 2.07 4.84 2.45 2.40 2.42 4.17 4.40
24T
114.9 52.6 0.59 122.9 62.2 61.0 61.5 105.9 111.8 2.62 6.29
6.040 2.83 15.0 6.35 3.21 3.15 3.18 4.24 4.51 66.5 159.8
32T
153.4 71.8 161.3 81.5 80.0 80.8 107.7 114.6
5705 - 4.50 in Single Module DTS®

No. of D J
PD A C CW E S W
Spkt.Teeth Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge
5.089 2.30 5.59 2.83 2.77 2.80 4.98 5.28
21T
129.3 58.4 142.0 71.9 70.4 71.1 126.5 134.1
5.560 2.53 6.06 3.06 3.00 3.03 4.99 5.31
23T
141.2 64.3 1.50 153.9 77.7 76.2 77.0 126.7 134.9 2.25 6.82
6.032 2.77 38.1 6.53 3.30 3.24 3.27 5.01 5.33 57.2 173.2
25T
153.2 70.4 165.9 83.8 82.3 83.1 127.3 135.4
6.504 3.00 7.00 3.53 3.47 3.50 5.03 5.36
27T
165.2 76.2 177.8 89.7 88.1 88.9 127.8 136.1
7705 - 4.50 in & 7.50 in Single Module DTS®

No. of J
D L M
Spkt. PD A C CW E 4.50 7.50 S W
Teeth Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge 7.50
5.126 2.31 5.63 2.84 2.78 2.81 4.58 4.84 6.08 6.34 2.56 2.82
16T
130.2 58.7 143.0 72.1 70.6 71.4 116.3 122.9 154.4 161.0 65.0 71.6
5.759 2.63 6.26 3.16 3.10 3.13 4.61 4.88 6.11 6.38 2.59 2.86
18T
146.3 66.8 1.00 159.0 80.3 78.7 79.5 117.1 124.0 155.2 162.1 65.8 72.6 1.50 2.25 6.30
6.710 3.11 25.4 7.21 3.64 3.58 3.61 4.65 4.94 6.15 6.44 2.63 2.92 38.1 57.2 160.0
21T
170.4 79.0 183.1 92.5 90.9 91.7 118.1 125.5 156.2 163.6 66.8 74.2
9.885 4.69 10.39 5.22 5.16 5.19 4.77 5.12 6.27 6.62 2.75 3.10
31T
251.1 119.1 263.9 132.6 131.1 131.8 121.2 130.0 159.3 168.1 69.9 78.7
8505 - 4.50 in Single Module DTS®

No. of D J
PD A C CW E S W
4.120 1.89 4.46 2.26 2.20 2.23 4.44 4.67
17T
104.6 48.0 113.3 57.4 55.9 56.6 112.8 118.6
5.079 2.37 5.42 2.74 2.68 2.71 4.50 4.75 Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
21T
129.0 60.2 137.7 69.6 68.1 68.8 114.3 120.7 TableTop, HP, PS,
5.800 2.73 0.75 6.14 3.10 3.04 3.07 4.53 4.79 2.32 6.30 Platinum Series, UHS,
24T DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
147.3 69.3 19.1 156.1 78.7 77.2 78.0 115.1 121.7 58.9 160.0
6.040 2.85 6.38 3.22 3.16 3.19 4.54 4.81
25T DynamicTransfer
153.4 72.4 162.2 81.8 80.3 81.0 115.3 122.2 System are registered
6.521 3.09 6.87 3.46 3.40 3.43 4.56 4.84 trademarks of Rexnord
27T
165.6 78.5 174.5 87.9 86.4 87.1 115.8 122.9 Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
8505 - 7.50 in Single Module DTS® registered trademark of
No. of D J Quadrant Engineering
PD A C CW E S W Plastics Products
4.120 1.89 4.46 2.26 2.20 2.23 6.10 6.33
17T All rights Reserved.
104.6 48.0 113.3 57.4 55.9 56.7 154.9 160.8
5.079 2.37 5.42 2.74 2.68 2.71 6.16 6.41
21T
129.0 60.2 137.7 69.6 68.1 68.8 156.5 162.8
5.800 2.73 0.75 6.14 3.10 3.04 3.07 6.19 6.46 3.66 9.30
24T
147.3 69.3 19.1 156.0 78.7 77.2 78.0 157.2 164.1 93.0 236.3
6.040 2.85 6.38 3.22 3.16 3.19 6.20 6.48

25T
153.4 72.4 162.1 81.8 80.3 81.0 157.5 164.6
6.521 3.09 6.87 3.46 3.40 3.43 6.23 6.51
27T
165.6 78.5 174.5 87.9 86.4 87.1 158.2 165.4
i Black = Inches
Red = Millimeters
Conveyor
Design
Sprocket Location for DTS Chains ®
J
> Sprocket
Location for W DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
DTS® Chains INFEED
L DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
DISCHARGE
M M
C
S
E
D
A
D)
eter (P
Diam
Pitch
Chain W
rap Diam
eter (CW
)
7705 DTS®-R PT Shaft Drop 7.50 in - For 9608 Chain with 21T Sprockets

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Sprocket Location for DTS Chains ®
9608 - 7.50 in Single Module DTS® > Sprocket

D E J L
Location for
No. of
Spkt.Teeth
PD A C CW M S W DTS® Chains
Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge Infeed Discharge
10.064 4.66 1.50 10.81 5.44 5.41 5.41 5.33 6.21 6.35 2.68 2.83 1.50 3.75 9.30
21T
255.6 118.4 38.1 274.7 138.1 137.4 137.4 135.4 157.7 161.3 68.2 71.9 38.1 95.1 236.2
Black = Inches
i Red = Millimeters
DTS®-C design manual is available for more details (8rxDTS-Cdm-en)

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


Conveyor
Design
Transfer Comb Installation
> Transfer
Low Temperature Application
Comb
Installation Chain CL
Chain CL
> Low
Temperature Step 1 Step 1
Application
Step 2 Step 2
> High
Temperature
Application
> Room Allows for chain contraction.

Temperature
Application
> Combs STEP 1 Secure the two center most transfer plates in order to track the chain
STEP 2 Position the fasteners in the remaining transfer plates to the corresponding right side or left
side of the slots to allow for contraction at low temperatures
High Temperature Application

Chain CL
Chain CL
Step 1 Step 1
Step 2 Step 2
Allows for chain expansion.
STEP 1 Secure the two center most transfer plates in order to track the chain
STEP 2 Position the fasteners in the remaining transfer plates to the corresponding right side or left
Rexnord, Rex, MatTop, side of the slots to allow for expansion at high temperatures
TableTop, HP, PS,
i This arrangement will allow these transfer plates to move as required to accommodate changes
in the chain width up to 1.50 in (38.1 mm).
Room Temperature Applications

DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
STEP 1 Secure the two center most transfer plates in order to track the chain
registered trademark of STEP 2 The transfer plates to the left and right should have fasteners centered in the mounting slots
Plastics Products

Combs Chain CL
A variety of styles and materials are available Step 1 Step 1

Step 2 Step 2

MatTop®
Chain

Materials
Shafting Recommendations for Rotating Shafts
> Shafting
Carbon steel - best for obtaining high hardness and good finish; used only in non for Rotating
corrosive environments Shafts
Stainless Steel - good finish and chemical resistance; best for wash down or wet applications
> Shafting for
Suggested Hardness: Stationary
Tail Shafts
Shaft material and finish affects sprocket bore wear; typically the harder the shaft, the better
the wear
General recommendation is 25 to 30 Rc
Suggested Surface Finish:
Surface finish of the shaft affects wear; rough surfaces will abrade the sprocket bores
General recommendation is 63 µ-in Ra
Straightness Tolerance:
General recommendation is within 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) over the shaft length
Twist Tolerance:
General recommendation is maximum of 1/8 degree/ft (0.4 degree/m) of shaft length
TIR Tolerance (Total Indicator Run-out):
General recommendation is maximum of 1/32 inch (0.8 mm)
Shafting over 10 feet (3.0 m) long that meets the requirements listed above can be difficult to
obtain. For this reason, two shafts can be coupled together to form the required length.
! In using split shafts, it is important to ensure that the shafts are coupled in time with respect to
CAUTION
the sprocket keyway or the flats of the square.

Stainless Steel TableTop, HP, PS,
Suggested Hardness: DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex,
DynamicTransfer
25 to 30 Rc System are registered
Suggested Surface Finish: Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
63 µ-in Ra registered trademark of
Plastics Products
Rexnord recommends rotating shafts in bearings. If bearings are not used, the following are
guidelines for operating Rex® MatTop® sprockets on stationary shafts: All rights Reserved.
Max. Recommended Chain Speed

Sprocket
FPM MPM
N - Acetal 0 - 50 0 - 15
UHMWPE 0 - 50 0 - 15
NS - Nylon, Split 0 - 100 0 - 30
Bronze Bushing 0 - 500 0 - 150
Bearings Recommended for Speeds > 300 Recommended for Speeds > 90

Conveyor
Design
Round Bore Sprockets

Use round bore sprockets on conveyors operating
> Round Bore at room temperature
Sprockets
When installing the sprockets, make sure that all
> Square and sprocket faces are positioned the same way on
Hex Bore the shaft (shown in drawing)
Sprockets
After positioning all the sprockets in line with the
> Locking sprocket tooth pockets in the chain, secure the
Methods sprockets with setscrews
Square and Hex Bore Sprockets

Use square bore sprockets on conveyors intended
for use at elevated or lower emperatures
(warmer, pasteurizer, cooler and freezer applications)
When installing the sprockets, make sure that all
sprocket faces are positioned the same way on
the shaft (shown in drawing)
Locking Methods
It is generally recommended to lock the center sprocket(s) to the shaft using setscrews or set
collars. The other sprockets should "float" axially
Setscrew or Roll Pin
CL Conveyor

TableTop, HP, PS,
Keystock
CL Conveyor

DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products
Weld
Close up view of the center sprocket(s) indicates the method of locking the sprocket to the shaft
(i.e. keystock, roll pin, snap rings, set collars).
! For 6085 chains, lock all sprockets in place.

CAUTION

MatTop®
Chain

English: KEYWAY
Materials
Shaft Diameter Key Width (w) Key height (h) Keyset at Depth (h/2) Setscrew Size > Keyway
> 9/16” to 7/8” 3/16” 3/16” 3/32” 1/4-20 and
> 7/8” to 1-1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 1/8” 3/8-16
> 1-1/4” to 1-3/8” 5/16” 5/16” 5/32” 3/8-16 Setscrew
> 1-3/8” to 1-3/4” 3/8” 3/8” 3/16” 3/8-16 Sizes
> 1-3/4” to 2-1/4” 1/2” 1/2” 1/4” 1/2-13
> 2-1/4” to 2-3/4” 5/8” 5/8” 5/16” 1/2-13 > Split
Metric: Sprocket
Shaft Diameter Key Width (w) Key height (h) Keyset at Depth (h/2) Setscrew Size Bore
> 22mm to 30mm 8mm 7mm 3.5mm M6 x 1 Nomenclature
> 30mm to 38mm 10mm 8mm 4mm M8 x 1.25
> 38mm to 44mm 12mm 8mm 4mm M10 x 1.5
> 44mm to 50mm 14mm 9mm 4.5mm M10 x 1.5
> 55mm to 58mm 16mm 10mm 5mm M12 x 1.75
> 58mm to 65mm 18mm 11mm 6.5mm M12 x 1.75
w
h/2
with one setscrew as standard. Additional
h
! If multiple strands share a tail shaft, key only one

CAUTION
sprocket and allow others to rotate. Collars should
be utilized to prevent floating. Shaft
Diam
eter

Idler Bore - Round bore with a clearance fit (no keyway or setscrew). Designed to spin freely on Rexnord, Rex, MatTop,
the shaft. TableTop, HP, PS,
Rough Stock Bore - Wide tolerance bore used for work in process. Not for use on any shaft. Positrack, TwistLock and
DynamicTransfer
Must be further machined for actual use. System are registered
Industries, Inc.
Over Sized Bore - Round bore with a slightly loose fit on the shaft with keyway but no setscrew.
Nylontron is a
Designed to move laterally on the shaft during setup and still transmit torque through the keyway as registered trademark of
a drive sprocket in the actual application. Not recommended for axial float in thermal applications. Quadrant Engineering
Plastics Products


Conveyor
Design
Available Chain Widths (MTW vs Standard vs Nonstandard)

MTW Standard (uncut) Nonstandard (cut) Accessories
> Available Minimum Chain Minimum Chain
Chain Series Molded to Hold Down
Chain Width Chain Width Pushers Sideguards
Chain Widths Width Chains
Width Increment Width Increment
TABs
1503 —— 12 in 6 in 6 in 3 in No No No
1505 / 1506 3 in, 6 in 3 in 3 in 4-1/2 in 3/4 in Yes Yes No
1505 RubberTop™ —— 3 in 3 in 4-1/2 in 3/4 in No No No
1505 DTS® Positrack™ Positrack™
4-1/2 in —— ——- ——- —— No No
Tracking Guides Tracking Guides
2011 —— 8 in 2 in 6 in 2/3 in Yes Yes No
2015 —— 6 in 2 in 4 2/3 in 2/3 in Yes Yes No
2100 12 in, 13 in —— ——- 3 in 1 in Yes No No
3003/3004 —— 4-1/2 in 1-1/2 in ——- —— No No No
4705 / 4706 6 in 6 in 6 in 2 in Any width possible Yes Yes Yes (4705 Only)
4707 6 in 6 in 6 in 2 in 1 in No No No
3-1/4 in, 4-1/2 in, 6 in,
5705 / 5706 6 in 3 in 3 in 1 in No No No
7-1/2 in, 15 in
5705 / 5706 Positrack™ 3-1/4 in, Positrack™
—— ——- ——- —— No No
Tracking Guides 4-1/2 in Tracking Guides
5705 DTS Positrack
® ™
Positrack™
4-1/2 in —— ——- ——- —— No No
5935 —— 9 in 3 in 3 in 3/4 in Yes Yes Yes
5936 —— 18 in 6 in 2-1/4 in 3/4 in Yes Yes Yes
4-11/16 in Contact Rexnord
5966 —— 18 in 6 in Yes Yes No
(3 in possible) Engineering
5995 —— 9 in 3 in 3 in 1/2 in Yes No No
5996 —— 18 in 6 in 4-1/2 in 1/2 in Yes Yes No
5997 —— 18 in 6 in 4-1/2 in 1/2 in No No No
6085 3 in, 6 in 3 in 3 in 3-3/5 in 3/5 in Yes Yes No
6938 3 in, 6 in 3 in 3 in 3-3/4 in 3/4 in Yes No No
7526 Positrack™ Positrack™
—— 255 mm 50 mm 170 mm 17 mm No No
5 in
7703 —— 9 in 3 in 1 in No No No
(3 in possible)
3-1/4 in, 4-1/2 in 6 in, 5 in
7705 / 7706 6 in 3 in 1/2 in No No No
7-1/2 in, 15 in (3 in possible)
7705 / 7706 Positrack™ 3-1/4 in, 4-1/2 in, Positrack™
—— ——- ——- —— No No
Tracking Guides 7-1/2 in Tracking Guides
7705 DTS Positrack
® ™
Positrack™
4-1/2 in, 7-1/2 in —— ——- ——- —— No No
84 mm (Positrack™ Contact Rexnord Positrack™
7705 Metric 255 mm 85 mm 142 mm No No
Tracking Guides Only) Engineering Tracking Guides
7705 RubberTop™ —— 9 in 3 in 9-1/2 in 1/2 in No No No
TableTop, HP, PS,
5 in
Platinum Series, UHS, 7708 —— 9 in 3 in 1/2 in No No No
(3 in possible)
7725 / 7726 4-1/2 in —— ——- ——- —— No No No
DynamicTransfer 6 in, 12 in, 15 in, 18 in,
7956 —— ——- ——- —— No No Yes
24 in, 30 in
trademarks of Rexnord 2-1/3 in, 3-1/4 i85 mm,
8505 / 8506 18 in 6 in 2-1/3 in 1/3 in Yes Yes Yes
Industries, Inc. 4-1/2 in, 7-1/2 in, 12 in
8505 / 8506 Positrack™
3-1/4 in, 85 mm, Positrack™
Nylontron is a —— ——- ——- —— No No
Tracking Guides 4-1/2 in, 6 in, 7-1/2 in Tracking Guides
8505 DTS® Positrack™ Positrack™
Quadrant Engineering Tracking Guides
4-1/2 in —— ——- ——- —— No No
Tracking Guides
Plastics Products
8507 —— —— ——- 3 in 1/3 in No No No
All rights Reserved. 9608 —— 18 in 6 in 5 in 1/2 in No No No
i Standard chains are typically less expensive.


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
1500 Chain Series (1503/1505/1506) Designations
Assembled to Width - 1503/1505/1506
> 1500 Chain

Series
(1503/1505/
1506)
> Assembled to
Width -
1503/1505/
1506
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
> 1503 - 12.00 in -
Assembled to
Width
> Molded to
Width -
1505/1506
> 1505 - 6.00 in -

MTW
> 1505 - 4.50 in -

MTW
4 Sprockets:
0-100% Capacity > 1505 - 3.00 in -
MTW
1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
LBPHP™ 1503 12.00 in - Assembled to Width
Molded to Width - 1505/1506

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
1.50 in 3.00 in 1.50 in trademarks of Rexnord
(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm) Industries, Inc.
1505 - 6.00 in - MTW
1.50 in 1.50 in
2.25 in 2.25 in (38.1 mm) (38.1 mm)
(57.2 mm) (57.2 mm)
1505 - 4.50 in - MTW 1505 - 3.00 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 61
MatTop®
SPROCKET AND IDLER WHEEL DESIGNATIONS
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 2010 Chain Series (2011/2015/2016)
> 2010 Chain

Series
(2011/2015/
2016)
> Assembled to
Width -
2011/2015/2016
> 2015 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.7 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0% - 17%
4.35 in 3.32 in 4.35 in
(110.5 mm) (84.3 mm) (110.5 mm)
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, 3 Sprockets:

PS, Platinum Series, 17% - 50%
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop 2.69 in 3.32 in 3.32 in 2.69 in
are registered (68.3 mm) (84.3 mm) (84.3 mm) (68.3 mm)
Industries, Inc. 4 Sprockets:
50% - 100%
1.03 in 3.32 in 3.32 in 3.32 in 1.03 in
(26.2 mm) (84.3 mm) (84.3 mm) (84.3 mm) (26.2 mm)
2015 - 12.00 in - Assembled to Width


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
2100 Chain Series Designations
Assembled to Width - 2100
> 2100 Chain

Series
> Assembled to
Width - 2100
> 2100 - 15.00 in -

Assembled to
15.00 in Width
(381.0 mm)
> Molded to
Width 2100
> 2100 - 13.00 in -

MTW
> 2100 - 12.00 in -

MTW
5 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
1.67 in 2.67 in 3.00 in 3.33 in 3.00 in 1.33 in

(42.4 mm) (67.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (84.6 mm) (76.2 mm) (33.8 mm)
7 Sprockets:
50-75% Capacity
1.33 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 1.67 in

(33.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (42.4 mm)
10 Sprockets:
75-100% Capacity
0.67 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 0.67 in
(17.0 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (17.0 mm)
Molded to Width - 2100

13.00 in
(330.2 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
0.67 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.00 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 0.67 in trademarks of Rexnord
(17.0 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (25.4 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (17.0 mm)
Industries, Inc.
2100 - 13.00 in - MTW
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
0.67 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 1.33 in 1.67 in 0.67 in

(17.0 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (33.8 mm) (42.4 mm) (17.0 mm)
2100 - 12.00 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 63
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 3000 Chain Series (3003/3004)
Assembled to Width - 3003/3004
> 3000 Chain

Series
(3003/3004)
> Assembled to
Width -
3003/3004
> 3004 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-70% Capacity
PS, Platinum Series, 3.00 in 6.00 in 3.00 in
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop (76.2 mm) (152.4 mm) (76.2 mm)
are registered
Industries, Inc. 3 Sprockets:
70-100% Capacity
1.50 in 4.50 in 4.50 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (114.3 mm) (114.3 mm) (38.1 mm)

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
4700 Chain Series using 5700 Sprockets (4705/4706) Designations
> 4700 Chain
Series
(4705/4706)
> Assembled to
Width -
4705/4706
> 4705 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in > Molded to

(304.8 mm)
Width -
4705/4706
> 4705 - 6.00 in -

MTW
2 Sprockets:
0-80% Capacity
3.00 in 6.00 in 3.00 in
(76.2 mm) (152.4 mm) (76.2 mm)
4 Sprockets:
80-100% Capacity
2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in

(50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
Molded to Width - 4705/4706 MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.

1.00 in 4.00 in 1.00 in

(25.4 mm) (101.6 mm) (25.4 mm)
4505 - 6.00 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 65
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 4700 Chain Series using 5700 Sprockets (4707)
> 4700 Chain

Series (4707)
> Assembled to
Width - 4707
> 4707 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-80% Capacity
(without Transfer Comb)
3.00 in 6.00 in 3.00 in
(76.2 mm) (152.4 mm) (76.2 mm)
4 Sprockets:
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, 80-100% Capacity
PS, Platinum Series, (without Transfer Comb)
Magnetflex, LPC279, 4 Sprockets:
MatTop and TableTop 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 0-100% Capacity
are registered (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm)
trademarks of Rexnord (with Transfer Comb)
Industries, Inc.

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
4700 Chain Series using 820 Sprocket (4705/4706) Designations
> 4700 Chain

Series using
820
Sprockets
(4705)
> Assembled to
Width -
4705/4706
> 4705 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
12.00 in
(304.8 mm) Width
> Molded to
Width -
4705/4706
> 4705 - 6.00 in -

MTW
2 Sprockets:
0-80% Capacity
2.50 in 7.00 in 2.50 in

(63.5 mm) (177.8 mm) (63.5 mm)
4 Sprockets:
80-100% Capacity
2.50 in 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 2.50 in

(63.5 mm) (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm) (63.5 mm)

Molded to Width - 4705/4706 PS, Platinum Series,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.

1.50 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
4705 - 6.00 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 67
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 4700 Chain Series using 5700 Sprockets (4707)
> 4700 Chain

Series using
820 Sprockets
(4707)
> Assembled to
Width - 4707
> 4707 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-80% Capacity
2.50 in 7.00 in 2.50 in

(63.5 mm) (177.8 mm) (63.5 mm) 4 Sprockets:
80-100% Capacity
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, (without Transfer Comb)
PS, Platinum Series, 4 Sprockets:
Magnetflex, LPC279, 0-100% Capacity
MatTop and TableTop (with Transfer Comb)
are registered
trademarks of Rexnord 2.50 in 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 2.50 in
Industries, Inc. (63.5 mm) (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm) (63.5 mm)


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
5700 Chain Series using 5700 Sprockets (5705/5706) Designations
> 5700 Chain

Series
(5705/5706)
> Assembled to
Width -
5705/5706
> 5705 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
> Molded to
Width -
5705/5706
> 5705 - 15.00 in -

MTW
2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
3.00 in 6.00 in 3.00 in
(76.2 mm) (152.4 mm) (76.2 mm)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in

(50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm)

Molded to Width - 5705/5706 Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
3.00 in 4.00 in 5.00 in 3.00 in

(76.2 mm) (101.6 mm) (127.0 mm) (76.2 mm)
5705 - 15.00 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 69
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 5700 Chain Series using 5700 Sprockets (5705/5706)
> 5700 Chain

Series
(5705/5706)
> Molded to
Width -
5705/5706
> 5705 - 7.50 in -

MTW
1.88 in 3.75 in 1.88 in
> 5705 - 6.00 in - (47.8 mm) (95.3 mm) (47.8 mm)
MTW
> 5705 - 4.50 in - 5705 - 7.50 in - MTW

MTW
> 5705 - 3.25 in -

MTW
2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in

(50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm)
5705 - 6.00 in - MTW

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
2.25 in 2.25 in 1.62 in 1.62 in
All rights Reserved. (57.2 mm) (57.2 mm) (41.4 mm) (41.4 mm)
5705 - 4.50 in - MTW 5705 - 3.25 in - MTW


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
5700 Chain Series with Positrack™ Tracking Guide Designations
using 5700 Sprockets (5705/5706)
> 5700 Chain
Series with
Positrack™
Tracking
Guides
(5705/5706)
> Molded to
Width -
5705/5706
> 5705 - 4.50 in -

2.25 in 2.25 in MTW Positrack™
(57.2 mm) (57.2 mm) Tracking Guides
> 5705 - 3.25 in -

MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides
5705 - 4.50 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides
1.62 in 1.62 in
(41.4 mm) (41.4 mm)

5705 - 3.25 in - MTW Positrack Tracking Guides
™
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


®
EM - MT - 71
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 5700 Chain Series using 820 Sprockets (5705/5706)
> 5700 Chain

Series using
820 Sprockets
(5705/5706)
> Assembled to
Width -
5705/5706
> 5705 - 12.00 in - 12.00 in

(304.8 mm)
Assembled to
Width
> Molded to
Width -
5705/5706
> 5705 - 15.00 in -

MTW
> 5705 - 6.00 in -

MTW 2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
2.50 in 7.00 in 2.50 in

(63.5 mm) (177.8 mm) (63.5 mm)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
2.50 in 2.00 in 3.00 in 2.00 in 2.50 in

(63.5 mm) (50.8 mm) (76.2 mm) (50.8 mm) (63.5 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
trademarks of Rexnord 2.50 in 5.00 in 5.00 in 2.50 in
Industries, Inc. (63.5 mm) (127.0 mm) (127.0 mm) (63.5 mm)
5705 - 15.00 in - MTW

1.50 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
5705 - 6.00 in - MTW

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
5930 Chain Series (5935/5936) Designations
> 5930 Chain

Series
(5935/5936)
> Assembled to
Width -
12.00 in 5935/5936
(304.8 mm)
> 5935 - 12.00 in -
Assembled to
Width
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
6 Sprockets:
50-75% Capacity
0.75 in 1.88 in 2.26 in 2.23 in 2.26 in 1.88 in 0.75 in

(19.1 mm) (47.8 mm) (57.4 mm) (56.6 mm) (57.4 mm) (47.8 mm) (19.1 mm)
8 Sprockets:
75-100% Capacity

i 5936 - 12 in Assembled to Width chain has a different bricking pattern than above, but has the
same sprocket locations.
! Do not position sprockets at seam between link modules.

CAUTION

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


®
EM - MT - 73
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 5960 Chain Series (5966)
> 5960 Chain

Series (5966)
> Assembled to
Width - 5966
> 5966 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
1.50 in 9.00 in 1.50 in
(38.1 mm) (228.6 mm) (38.1 mm)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capaci
PS, Platinum Series, 1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in
Magnetflex, LPC279, (38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
trademarks of Rexnord 5966 - 12.00 in - Assembled to Width
Industries, Inc.


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
> 5990 Chain

Series
(5995/5998)
> Assembled to
Width -
5995/5998
> 5995 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,
1.50 in 9.00 in 1.50 in Magnetflex, LPC279,
(38.1 mm) (228.6 mm) (38.1 mm) MatTop and TableTop
are registered
4 Sprockets: trademarks of Rexnord
50-100% Capacity Industries, Inc.
1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in
(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm) All rights Reserved.
5998 - 12 in Assembled to Width chain has a different bricking pattern than above, but has the
i same sprocket locations.

®
EM - MT - 75
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
> 5990 Chain

Series (5996)
> Assembled to
Width - 5996
> 5996 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop 2 Sprockets:
are registered 0-50% Capacity
Industries, Inc. 1.25 in 9.50 in 1.25 in
(31.8 mm) (241.3 mm) (31.8 mm)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
1.25 in 3.50 in 2.50 in 3.50 in 1.25 in
(31.8 mm) (88.9 mm) (63.5 mm) (88.9 mm) (31.8 mm)


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
5990 Chain Series (5997) Designations
> 5990 Chain

Series (5997)
> Assembled to
Width - 5997
> 5997 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)

2 Sprockets: PS, Platinum Series,
0-50% Capacity Magnetflex, LPC279,
(without Transfer Comb) MatTop and TableTop
are registered
1.25 in 9.50 in 1.25 in trademarks of Rexnord
(31.8 mm) (241.3 mm) (31.8 mm)
4 Sprockets: Industries, Inc.
50-100% Capacity
(without Transfer Comb) All rights Reserved.
4 Sprockets:
0-100% Capacity
(with Transfer Comb)
1.25 in 3.50 in 2.50 in 3.50 in 1.25 in
(31.8 mm) (88.9 mm) (63.5 mm) (88.9 mm) (31.8 mm)


®
EM - MT - 77
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
> 6080 Chain

Series (6085)
> Assembled to
Width - 6085
> 6085 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
3 Sprockets:
0-100% Capacity
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered 1 PosiClean™ Sprocket:
trademarks of Rexnord 0-100% Capacity
Industries, Inc.
0.31 in 0.31 in
All rights Reserved. (7.9 mm) (7.9 mm)
6085 has no sprocket pockets. Sprockets can be placed anywhere along the width of the chain
!
CAUTION inside the 0.31 in (7.9 mm) edge dimensions.

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
> 6080 Chain

Series (6085)
> Molded to
Width - 6085
> 6085 - 6.00 in -

MTW
> 6085 - 3.00 in -

MTW
2 Sprockets:
0-100% Capacity
1 PosiClean™ Sprocket:
0-100% Capacity
0.31 in 0.31 in
(7.9 mm) (7.9 mm)
6085 - 6.00 in - MTW

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
1 Sprocket: trademarks of Rexnord
0-100% Capacity Industries, Inc.

0.31 in 0.31 in
(7.9 mm) (7.9 mm)
6085 - 3.00 in - MTW
6085 has no sprocket pockets. Sprockets can be placed anywhere along the width of the chain
!
CAUTION inside the 0.31 in (7.9 mm) edge dimensions.

®
EM - MT - 79
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
> 6930 Chain

Series (6938)
> Assembled to
Width - 6938
> 6938 - 12.00 in - 12.00 in

Assembled to (304.8 mm)
Width
> Molded to
Width - 6938
> 6938 - 6.00 in -

MTW
> 6938 - 3.00 in - 4 Sprockets:

0-50% Capacity
MTW
1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in
(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
6 Sprockets:
50-75% Capacity
1.12 in 1.50 in 2.25 in 2.25 in 2.25 in 1.50 in 1.12 in

(28.4 mm) (38.1 mm) (57.2 mm) (57.2 mm) (57.2 mm) (38.1 mm) (28.4 mm)
8 Sprockets:
75-100% Capacity

!
CAUTION
The 6938 chain is to be driven by the solid portion of the chain, not the exposed pin portion.

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
1.50 in 1.50 in 1.50 in

3.00 in 1.50 in (38.1 mm) (38.1 mm)
(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
6938 - 6.00 in - MTW 6938 - 3.00 in - MTW

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
> 7526 Chain

Series (7526)
> Assembled to
Inside Width - 7526
Radius 5 Sprocket
0-100% Capacity > 7526 - 255 mm -
Assembled to
Width
1.51 in 2.68 in 2.68 in 1.34 in 1.34 in 0.50 in
(38.4 mm) (68.1 mm) (68.1 mm) (34.0 mm) (34.0 mm) (12.7 mm) > 7526 - 340 mm -
Assembled to
Width
7526 - 255 mm - Assembled to Width > 7526 - 425 mm -

Assembled to
Width
Inside
Radius
6 Sprocket
0-100% Capacity
1.51 in 3.01 in 2.68 in 3.01 in 1.34 in 1.34 in 0.50 in

(38.4 mm) (76.5 mm) (68.1 mm) (76.5 mm) (34.0 mm) (34.0 mm) (12.7 mm)
7526 - 340 mm - Assembled to Width

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
Inside
Radius 7 Sprocket
0-100% Capacity
1.51 in 3.01 in 3.01 in 3.01 in 3.01 in 1.34 in 1.34 in 0.50 in

(38.4 mm) (76.5 mm) (76.5 mm) (76.5 mm) (76.5 mm) (34.0 mm) (34.0 mm) (12.7 mm)

®
EM - MT - 81
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 7700 Chain Series (7703/7705/7706)
> 7700 Chain

Series
(7703/7705/7706)
> Assembled to
Width -
7703/7705/7706
> 7705 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
> Molded to (304.8 mm)
Width -
7705/7706
> 7705 - 15.00 in -

MTW
2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
1.50 in 9.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (228.6 mm) (38.1 mm)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, Molded to Width - 7705/7706

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
3.83 in 3.67 in 3.67 in 3.83 in

(97.3 mm) (93.2 mm) (93.2 mm) (97.3 mm)
7705 - 15.00 in - MTW

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
> 7700 Chain

Series
(7705/7706)
> Molded to
Width -
7705/7706
> 7705 - 7.50 in -

MTW
> 7705 - 6.00 in -

2.25 in 3.00 in 2.25 in MTW
(57.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (57.2 mm)
> 7705 - 4.50 in -
MTW
7705 - 7.50 in - MTW
> 7705 - 3.25 in -
MTW
1.75 in 2.50 in 1.75 in

(44.5 mm) (63.5 mm) (44.5 mm)
7705 - 6.00 in - MTW

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
2.25 in 2.25 in 1.62 in 1.62 in

(57.2 mm) (57.2 mm) (41.1 mm) (41.1 mm)
7705 - 4.50 in - MTW 7705 - 3.25 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 83
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 7700 Chain Series with Positrack™ Tracking Guides
(7705/7705 Metric/7706)
> 7700 Chain
Series with
Positrack™
Tracking
Guides
(7705/7705
Metric/7706)
> Molded to
Width -
7705/7706
> 7705 - 7.50 in -

MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides 2.25 in 3.00 in 2.25 in
(57.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (57.2 mm)
> 7705 - 4.50 in -
MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides 7705 - 7.50 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides
> 7705 - 84 mm -
MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides
> 7705 - 3.25 in -

MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides
2.25 in 2.25 in
(57.2 mm) (57.2 mm)
7705 - 4.50 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.
1.62 in 1.62 in
42.0 mm 42.0 mm
(1.65 in) (1.65 in) (41.1 mm) (41.1 mm)
7705 - 84 mm - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides 7705 - 3.25 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
7700 Metric Chain Series (7705) Designations
> 7700 Metric

Chain Series
(7705)
> Assembled to
Width - 7705
> 7705 - 340 mm -

Assembled to
Width
340.0 mm
(13.39 in)
2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
42.5 mm 255.0 mm 42.5 mm

(1.67 in) (10.04 in) (1.67 in)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
42.5 mm 85.0 mm 85.0 mm 85.0 mm 42.5 mm

(1.67 in) (3.35 in) (3.35 in) (3.35 in) (1.67 in)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


®
EM - MT - 85
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
> 7700 Chain

Series
(7708)
> Assembled to
Width -
7708
> 7708 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width 12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-50% Capacity
1.50 in 9.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (228.6 mm) (38.1 mm)
4 Sprockets:
50-100% Capacity
1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

(38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


MatTop®
Idler Wheel
Molded to Width - 7725/7726 - 4.50 in - using 7700 Sprockets
> 7720 Chain

Series
(7725/7726)
> Molded to
Width -
7725/7726
> 7725 - 4.50 in -

MTW using 7700
Sprockets
> 7725 - 4.50 in -

MTW using one
7720 Sprocket
1.25 in 2.00 in 1.25 in
(31.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (31.8 mm) > Chain Series
7700 Sprockets
7725 - 4.50 in - MTW using two 7700 Sprockets
Molded to Width - 7725/7726 - 4.50 in - using 7720 Sprockets
2.25 in 2.25 in Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,

(57.2 mm) (57.2 mm) PS, Platinum Series,
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
7720 Sprocket are registered
7725 - 4.50 in - MTW using one 7720 Sprocket Industries, Inc.


®
EM - MT - 87
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
> 7956 Chain

Series (7956)
> Molded to
Width - 7956 4.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 4.50 in
> 7956 - 30.00 in -
MTW
7956 - 30.00 in - MTW
> 7956 - 24.00 in -
MTW
> 7956 - 18.00 in -

MTW
> 7956 - 15.00 in -

MTW
> 7956 - 12.00 in - 3.37 in 4.25 in 2.83 in 3.10 in 2.83 in 4.25 in 3.37 in
(85.6 mm) (108.0 mm) (71.9 mm) (78.7 mm) (71.9 mm) (108.0 mm) (85.6 mm)
MTW
> 7956 - 6.00 in - 7956 - 24.00 in - MTW

MTW
3.13 in 4.00 in 3.75 in 4.00 in 3.13 in

(79.5 mm) (101.6 mm) (95.3 mm) (101.6 mm) (79.5 mm)
7956 - 18.00 in - MTW

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered 3.13 in 2.75 in 3.25 in 2.75 in 3.13 in
trademarks of Rexnord (79.5 mm) (69.9 mm) (82.6 mm) (69.9 mm) (79.5 mm)
Industries, Inc.
All rights Reserved. 7956 - 15.00 in - MTW

2.15 in 2.53 in 2.63 in 2.53 in 2.15 in 3.00 in 3.00 in

(54.6 mm) (64.3 mm) (66.8 mm) (64.3 mm) (54.6 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm)
7956 - 12.00 in - MTW 7956 - 6.00 in - MTW

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
>8500 Chain
Series
(8505/8506)
> Assembled to
Width -
18.00 in 8505/8506
(457.2 mm)
> 8505 - 18.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
3 Sprockets:
0-25% Capacity
3.00 in 6.00 in 6.00 in 3.00 in
(76.2 mm) (152.4 mm) (152.4 mm) (76.2 mm)
6 Sprockets:
25-75% Capacity
1.66 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 2.66 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.66 in
(42.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (67.6 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (42.2 mm)
9 Sprockets:
75-100% Capacity
1.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 1.00 in
(25.4 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (25.4 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


®
EM - MT - 89
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 8500 Chain Series (8505/8056)
> 8500 Chain

Series
(8505/8506)
> Molded to
Width -
8505/8506
> 8505 - 12.00 in - 1.66 in 3.00 in 2.66 in 3.00 in 1.66 in

MTW (42.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (67.6 mm) (76.2 mm) (42.2 mm)
> 8505 - 7.50 in -

MTW 8505 - 12.00 in - MTW
> 8505 - 6.00 in -

MTW
> 8505 - 4.50 in -

MTW
1.75 in 4.00 in 1.75 in

(44.5 mm) (101.6 mm) (44.5 mm)
8505 - 7.50 in - MTW
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, 1.33 in 3.33 in 1.33 in

PS, Platinum Series, (33.8 mm) (84.6 mm) (33.8 mm)
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered 8505 - 6.00 in - MTW
Industries, Inc.

2.25 in 2.25 in
(57.2 mm) (57.2 mm)
8505 - 4.50 in - MTW

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
8500 Chain Series (8505 Metric/8505/8506) Designations
> 8500 Chain

Series
(8505 Metric/
8505/8506)
> Molded to
Width -
8505/8506
> 8505 - 85 mm -
MTW
42.5 mm 42.5 mm > 8505 - 3.25 in -

(1.67 in) (1.67 in)
MTW
8505 - 85 mm - MTW > 8505 - 2.33in -

MTW
1.62 in 1.62 in
(41.1 mm) (41.1 mm)
8505 - 3.25 in - MTW

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
1.16 in 1.16 in trademarks of Rexnord
(29.5 mm) (29.5 mm) Industries, Inc.

8505 - 2.33 in - MTW

®
EM - MT - 91
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Designations 8500 Chain Series with Positrack™ Tracking Guides
(8505/8505 Metric/8506)
> 8500 Chain
Series with
Positrack™
Tracking
Guides
(8505/8505
Metric/8506)
> Molded to
Width -
8505/8506
> 8505 - 7.50 in -

MTW Positrack™ 3.75 in 3.75 in
Tracking Guides (95.3 mm) (95.3 mm)
> 8505 - 6.00 in - 8505 - 7.50 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides

MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides
> 8505 - 4.50 in -

MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides
> 8505 - 85 mm -
MTW Positrack™
Tracking Guides
> 8505 - 3.25 in -

MTW Positrack™
3.00 in 3.00 in 2.25 in 2.25 in
Tracking Guides (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (57.2 mm) (57.2 mm)
8505 - 6.00 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides 8505 - 4.50 in - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
trademarks of Rexnord 42.5 mm 42.5 mm
Industries, Inc. (1.67 in) (1.67 in)

8505 - 85 mm - MTW Positrack™ Tracking Guides

MatTop®
Idler Wheel
> 8500 Chain

Series (8507)
> Assembled to
Width - 8507
> 8507 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
12.00 in Width
(304.8 mm)
2 Sprockets:
0-25% Capacity
3.00 in 6.00 in 3.00 in

(76.2 mm) (152.4 mm) (76.2 mm)
4 Sprockets:
25-75% Capacity
4 Sprockets:
0-25% Capacity
1.66 in 3.00 in 2.66 in 3.00 in 1.66 in
(42.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (67.6 mm) (76.2 mm) (42.2 mm)
6 Sprockets:
75-100% Capacity
6 Sprockets:
25-100% Capacity
1.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 2.00 in 1.00 in
(25.4 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (50.8 mm) (25.4 mm)

Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


®
EM - MT - 93
MatTop®
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
> 9600 Chain

Series (9608)
> Assembled to
Width - 9608
> 9608 - 12.00 in -

Assembled to
Width
12.00 in
(304.8 mm)
4 Sprockets:
0-100% Capacity
Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC, 1.50 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 3.00 in 1.50 in

PS, Platinum Series, (38.1 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) (38.1 mm)
Magnetflex, LPC279,
MatTop and TableTop
are registered
Industries, Inc.


Rex®
Rex® MatTop® CALCULATION PROGRAM MatTop®
Calculation
The Rex® MatTop® Calculation Program is available to perform chain pull calculations for specific Program
conveyor applications.
To obtain the most recent calculation program: > Rex® MatTop®
Download from Technical Support at: http://www.rexnord.com/flattop Calculation
Contact Application Engineering Program

Chain style, material and width Drive configuration (i.e. end drive, bottom drive)
Wearstrip material
Corner track material (if utilizing a side-flexing chain)
Lubrication conditions (i.e. dry, water, soap & water, oil)
Product weight (lbs/ft2) or (kg/m2)
Product material
Change in elevation
Sprocket pitch diameter

Maximum allowable headshaft chain tension (per temperature)
Percent of allowable chain tension (per temperature)
Number of sprockets required per shaft
Tension per chain width
Total torque required
Minimum shaft diameter required

If the percent of allowable chain tension is 100% or less, your conveyor application is within TableTop, HP, PS,
chain capacity. Platinum Series, UHS,
DynamicTransfer
! The horsepower requirement the program calculates is the "design horse power" that is System are registered
CAUTION
required to power the conveyor based on the input parameters. Additional considerations trademarks of Rexnord
Industries, Inc.
should be made for the type of drive used, efficiency losses in the power train, as well as any
Nylontron is a
gearbox manufacturer's recommendations. registered trademark of
Plastics Products
i The 7956 RexFlex™ should be run in the Rex® TableTop® Calculation Program All rights Reserved.
For a side-flexing conveyor, the calculation output sheet contains the following information:
Calculated corner tension (PV)
Maximum allowable corner tension

If the calculated corner tension is lessthan the maximum allowable corner tension, your convey
or application is within chain PV capacity.

Rex® Rex® MatTop® CALCULATION PROGRAM
MatTop®
Calculation
Program
The Rex MatTop Calculation Program calculates the following:
® ®
MatTop® conveyor and shafting analysis

Catenary sag vs. length vs. tension
> Rex® MatTop®
Calculation Catenary sag vs. length vs. excess chain
Program Product backline pressure (due to accumulation)
! The Rex MatTop Calculation Program does not take environmental conditions into consideration.
® ®
CAUTION
This calculation program ONLY provides information on whether the chain is within capacity.
NOTES

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


IMPORTANT FORMULAS IMPORTANT FORMULAS
(English) (Metric)
Conveyor Speed Product Weight Conveyor Speed Product Weight

Containers: Containers:
Single File: Single File:
Containers/ft = 12 in/ft lbs/ft = Containers/ft x lbs/Container Containers/m = 1000 mm/m kg/m = Containers/m x kg/Container
Dia. or Length of Container (in) Dia. or Length of Container (mm)
FPM = CPM m/min = CPM

Containers/ft Containers/m
Mass Flow: Mass Flow:

For MatTop® Chain: MatTop® Chain: For MatTop® Chain:
2 2
Containers/ft2 = 166.277 lbs/ft2 = Containers/ft x lbs/Container Containers/m2 = 1,150,000 kg/m2 = Containers/m x kg/Container
Dia.(in)2 Dia.(mm)2
For TableTop® Chain: For TableTop®Chain:
2 2
FPM = CPM lbs/ft = Containers/ft x lbs/Container m/min = CPM kg/m = Containers/m x kg/Container
Containers/ft2 x (Width (in)/12 in/ft) x (Flight Width (in)/12in/ft) Containers/m2 x (Width (mm)/1000 mm/m) x (Flight Width (mm)/1000mm/m)
Note: For TableTop® Chain: Note: For TableTop® Chain:

Conveyor Width = # of Strands x Flight Width (in) Conveyor Width = # of Strands x Flight Width (mm)
Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual

(in) (mm)
Bulk Flow: Bulk Flow:

3 3
lbs/min = TPH x 2000 lbs/ton lbs/ft2 = Density (lbs/ft ) x H (ft) kg/min = Tonnes/hour x 1000 kg/Tonne kg/m2 = Density (kg/m ) x H (m)
60 min/hour 60 min/hour
FPM = lbs/min m/min = kg/min

Density (lbs/ft3) x H (ft) x W (ft) Density (kg/m3) x H (m) x W (m)
Knowing Headshaft RPM: Knowing Headshaft RPM:

FPM = Eff. Spkt Teeth (n) x Pitch (in) x RPM m/min = Eff. Spkt Teeth (n) x Pitch (mm) x RPM
12 in/ft 1000 mm/m
OR: OR:
~ P.D. (in) x Pi x RPM ~ P.D. (mm) x Pi x RPM
12 in/ft 1000 mm/m
Horsepower NOTES ON HORSEPOWER:

HP = Chain Pull (lbs) x FPM For TableTop® Chain: Power NOTES ON POWER:
Rex® MatTop® CALCULATION PROGRAM
33,000 Chain Pull = chain tension x # of strands KW = Chain Pull (n) x m/min For TableTop® Chain:
OR: Where chain tension is in lbs 60,000 Chain Pull = chain tension x # of strands
= Torque (ft/lb) x RPM OR: where chain tension is in newtons
5252 = Torque (N-m) x RPM
For MatTop® Chain: 9550
Sprocket Dimensions Chain Pull = chain tension x chain width (ft) For MatTop® Chain:
Spkt P.D. = Chain Pitch (in) Where chain tension is in lbs/ft of MatTop® chain width Sprocket Dimensions Chain Pull = chain tension x chain width (m)
SIN (180/N) Spkt P.D. = Chain Pitch (mm) where chain tension is in N/m of MatTop®
Remember to apply appropriate service SIN (180/n) chain width
factors and take drive train efficiencies
into account. Remember to apply appropriate service

factors and take drive train efficiencies
into account.
EM - MT - 97
Program
Nylontron is a
Industries, Inc.
Rex®
TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Calculation
Plastics Products
MatTop®
> Rex® MatTop®

Program

Calculation
MatTop®
Calculation
Program
Calculating Chain Speed, Given Production Output
> Rex® MatTop®

Unit Handling
Calculation When handling individual containers or packages, the speed of Rex® MatTop® Chain is
Program determined using the same method as for Rex® TableTop® Chain (see pages EM - TT - (36 - 40)).
Likewise, the product weight is figured in the same manner, with one exception: for en masse
(in mass) conveyors, always use the product weight per area (ft2 or m2), regardless of the actual
chain width
N
CTIO
DIRE AVEL
R
OF T
r
1 ft o
)
(1 m
Example: An incline dewatering belt must run tomatoes at a speed of 100 tons per hour (TPH)
(90.7 tonnes per hour). The density of the tomatoes is 65 lbs/ft (1041 kg/m ). The chain width
3 3
is 3.00 ft (0.91 m) and the estimated average height of the product on the incline is 0.25 ft (0.08 m).
Initial chain selection = HUV5998-36 in w/ F4 Pusher Flights every 6th Pitch
English
lbs/min = TPH x 2000 lbs/ton = 100 x 2000 = 3,333 lbs/min

60 min/hour 60
Chain Speed (FPM) = lbs/min = 3,333 = 68 FPM

3
Density (lbs/ft ) x H (ft) x W (ft) 65 x 0.25 x 3.00
TableTop, HP, PS,
DTS, PosiClean, RexFlex, Metric
DynamicTransfer kg/min = Tonnes/hour x 1000 kg/tonne = 90.7 x 1000 = 1512 kg/min
System are registered 60 min/hour 60
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a Chain Speed (MPM) = kg/min = 1512 = 20 MPM
registered trademark of 3
Density (kg/m ) x H (m) x W (m) 1041 x 0.08 x 0.91
Plastics Products
i The actual conveyor speeds are usually about 10-15% faster than the calculated required speed
in order to provide good "product take-away" from the adjacent machinery.

Rex®
Rex® MatTop® CALCULATION PROGRAM MatTop®
Calculation

Program
Calculating Product Weight, Given Production Output
Bulk Handling > Rex® MatTop®

Calculation
For bulk product conveying, the chain speed depends on the production speed (tons per hour), Program
the product density (weight or mass per unit of volume), the chain width and the estimated
height of the product on the chain
i When calculating chain tension, the weight of product per area (lbs/ft2 or kg/m2) is required.
Example: An incline dewatering belt must run tomatoes at a speed of 100 tons per hour (TPH)
(90.7 tonnes per hour). The density of the tomatoes is 65 lbs/ft3 (1041 kg/m3). The chain width is
3.00 ft (0.91 m) and the estimated average height of product on the incline is 0.25 ft (0.08 m).
Initial chain selection = HUV5998-36 in w/ F4 Pusher Flights every 6th Pitch
English
lbs/ft = Density (lbs/ ft ) x H (ft) = 65 x 0.25 = 16.3 lbs/ft
Metric
kg/m = Density (kg/m ) x H (m) = 1041 x 0.08 = 83.3 kg/m
i The actual conveyor speeds are usually about 10-15% faster than the calculated required
speeds in order to provide good "product take-away" from the adjacent machinery.

TableTop, HP, PS,
DynamicTransfer
Industries, Inc.
Nylontron is a
Plastics Products


MatTop®
Calculation
Program
Typical Product Sizes and Weights
Container Base Dimensions Weight Full Single File En Masse
Content Container Size
> Rex® MatTop® Material
Calculation Paper 1/2 Pint 3x3 76.2 x 76.2 0.60 0.27 2.4 3.6
Paper Pint 3x3 76.2 x 76.2 1.10 0.50 4.4 6.5
Program
Paper 1/2 Gallon 4-1/8 x 4-1/8 104.8 x 104.8 4.50 2.04 13.1 19.5
Dairy
Plastic 6 oz 2-5/8" Ø 66.7Ø 0.40 0.18 1.8 2.7 9.7 46.9
Yogurt
Plastic 6 Pack / 4 oz Containers 5x7 127 x 177.8 1.57 0.71 3.8 5.6
Plastic 1/2 lb 4Ø 101.6Ø 0.60 0.27 1.8 2.7 6.2 30.3
Plastic 2 lb 5Ø 127Ø 2.30 1.04 5.5 8.2 15.3 74.4
Glass Gallon 6Ø 152.4Ø 3.59 1.63 7.2 10.7 16.6 80.6
Juice
Aluminum 12 oz 2.6 Ø 66.0Ø 0.85 0.39 3.9 5.8 20.9 101.8
Plastic 500 ml PET 2-37/64 Ø 65.5Ø 1.16 0.53 5.4 8.0 29.0 141.0
Plastic 20 oz PET 2-7/8 Ø 73.0Ø 1.37 0.62 5.7 8.5 27.6 134.1
Soft Drink
Glass 12 oz 2-1/2 Ø 63.5Ø 1.50 0.68 7.2 10.7 39.9 194.0
Glass 64 oz 3-5/8 Ø 92.1Ø 3.88 1.76 12.8 19.1 49.1 238.6
Aluminum 12 oz 2.6 Ø 66.0Ø 0.85 0.39 3.9 5.8 20.9 101.8
Beer
Glass 750 ml 2-7/8 Ø 73.0Ø 2.88 1.31 12.0 17.9 57.9 281.9
Glass 1.5 Liter 4-1/4 Ø 108.0Ø 6.37 2.89 18.0 26.8 58.6 284.9
Wine / Champagne
Glass 12 oz 2-1/2 Ø 63.5Ø 1.22 0.55 5.9 8.7 32.5 157.8
Metal 1/2 lb 4-1/8 Ø 104.8Ø 0.80 0.36 2.3 3.5 7.8 38.0
Metal 1 lb 4-1/8 Ø 104.8Ø 1.30 0.59 3.8 5.6 12.7 61.7
Coffee
Metal 2 lb 5-1/4 Ø 133.4Ø 2.50 1.13 5.7 8.5 15.1 73.3
Metal 3 lb 6-1/4 Ø 158.8Ø 3.80 1.72 7.3 10.9 16.2 78.6
Soup Metal 10.5 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 0.76 0.34 3.5 5.2 18.3 89.1
Soup Metal 18.5 oz 3-1/8 Ø 79.4Ø 1.33 0.60 5.1 7.6 22.6 110.0
Soup Metal 32 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 1.90 0.86 5.7 8.5 19.7 96.0
TableTop, HP, PS,
Cracker Paper 10 oz Box 2-1/4 x 5-1/4 57.2 x 133.4 0.72 0.33 3.8 5.7
Peanut Butter Plastic 18 oz 3Ø 76.2Ø 1.15 0.52 4.6 6.8 21.2 103.3
Jelly Glass 32 oz 3-5/16" Ø 84.1Ø 2.15 0.98 7.8 11.6 32.6 158.6
Positrack, TwistLock and Food
DynamicTransfer Jelly Glass 18 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 1.62 0.73 7.4 11.0 39.1 189.9
System are registered Catsup Plastic 24 oz 2-1/4 x 3-3/4 57.2 x 95.3 1.63 0.74 8.7 12.9
trademarks of Rexnord Apple Sauce Glass 23 oz 3-5/16 Ø 84.1Ø 2.05 0.93 7.4 11.1 31.1 151.2
Industries, Inc. Mayonaise Glass 32 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 3.03 1.37 9.1 13.5 31.5 153.1
Cereal Paper 14 oz Box 2-3/8 x 7-1/2 60.3 x 190.5 1.06 0.48 5.4 8.0
Nylontron is a Vegetable Metal 14.5 oz 2-15/16 Ø 74.6Ø 1.04 0.47 4.2 6.3 20.0 97.5
registered trademark of Tuna Metal 12 oz Can 4Ø 101.6Ø 0.88 0.40 2.6 3.9 9.1 44.5
Quadrant Engineering Tomato Sauce Metal 29 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 2.07 0.94 6.2 9.2 21.5 104.6
Plastics Products Dish Soap Plastic 25 oz 2-7/16 x 3-3/8 61.9 x 85.7 1.78 0.81 8.8 13.0
Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 22 oz 2 x 3-3/8 50.8 x 85.7 1.60 0.73 9.6 14.3
All rights Reserved. Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 32 oz 2-5/8 x 4-1/2 66.7 x 114.3 2.30 1.04 10.5 15.6
Cleaners
Automotive

Rex®
Multiflex
Chains
Multiflex CHAIN MATERIALS
Conveyor
Chain
For more detailed material information, see page EM - MF - 12 or the Appendix located at the end of
Materials this manual. Materials vary per chain series; see Product Catalog to determine standard versus
special materials.
> AC (Armour Clad) AC (Armour Clad)

> AS (Anti-Static)
Austenitic stainless steel cladding available with a variety of plastic link materials
Excellent for conveying raw castings, rough parts
> BWR (Black Wear
Resistant)
> CR (Extreme
AS (Anti-Static)
Chemical
An electrically conductive acetal formulated to reduce or eliminate nuisance static charge
Resistant) ALWAYS contact Rexnord Application Engineering for assistance
> D & WD (Acetal)
> DUV (Ultraviolet)

BWR may extend chain life up to 5 times in comparison to other plastic materials in
> FR (Flame applications such as conveying rough machined parts

Retardant)
> HP™ & WHP

(High Fluorinated polymer which is chemically resistant to high concentrations of oxidizing agents,
Performance) acids and bases
> LF & WLF (Low
Friction) D & WD (Acetal)
> MR (Melt Plain acetal
DUV (Ultraviolet Resistant)

Resistant)
> P (Chemical
Resistant) Specially formulated acetal
> PS™ (Platinum Used for outdoor applications with direct exposure to the sun or UV radiation

Series™)
HP ™
& WHP (High Performance)
Patented blend of acetal specifically formulated for dry running conveyors due to excellent
friction characteristics

Rexnord, Rex, TableTop,
MatTop, PS, Platinum
Series, LPC, Magnetflex
and HP are trademarks Patented blend of acetal provides good wear resistance and long service life due to the low
of Rexnord Industries,
Inc. coefficient of friction
Nylatron is a registered
trademark of Quadrant
Engineering Plastics
MR (Melt Resistant)
Products. A nylon material with a high melting point used to prevent hot objects (product temperature up
All rights Reserved. to 375° F (190° C)) from melting the top of the chain
P (Chemical Resistant)
A polyester formulated to reduce or eliminate material degradation in applications where
chemicals such as chlorine and phosphorous are present in moderate concentrations
Rex® Multiflex Chains
PS ™
(Platinum Series™)
Patented blend of acetal specially formulated for high speed conveying applications

EM - MF - 2 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual
Multiflex
Chain
WSM & BSM (Cut Resistant) Materials
Tough acetal material formulated for abrasive and impact loading applications
Cut resistant material commonly used in the meat processing industry on cutting, boning > WSM & BSM
and trimming lines (Cut Resistant)
WX (Abrasion Resistant) > WX (Abrasion

Resistant)
abrasives such as glass, sand and dirt
Since materials vary in strength, refer to the Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) for specific chain /
! material strengths when changing out materials.
CAUTION

and HP are trademarks
Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF- 3
Multiflex FRICTION TABLE BETWEEN CHAIN AND PRODUCT (Fm)
Conveyor
Chain
Chain Material Product Material
Materials
Lubrication Plastic Returnable Non-Returnable
Chain Material Paper Steel Aluminum Glass
Condition (including PET) Glass Bottles Glass Bottles
Dry 0.30 0.40 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
Water 0.20 NR 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
AC
> Friction Table Soap & Water 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15
Between Chain Oil - NR 0.15 - - - -
and Product Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
(Fm) Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
AS
Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
BWR
Oil NR NR 0.10 NR NR NR NR
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
CR
Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
D Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
WD Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
DUV
Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
FR
Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.18 0.23 0.18 0.18 0.13 0.16 0.12
HP™ Water 0.16 NR 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.11
WHP Soap & Water 0.14 NR 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.20 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15
LF Water 0.18 NR 0.20 0.15 0.13 0.16 0.13
WLF Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
MR
Oil NR NR 0.10 NR NR NR NR
Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
P
Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, 0.16 0.23 0.18 0.18 0.12 0.16 0.16
Dry
Water 0.15 NR 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.16
Series, LPC, Magnetflex PS™
Soap & Water 0.14 NR 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.14
Oil - NR 0.10 - - - -
Inc. Dry 0.25 0.33 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.27 0.20
Nylatron is a registered WSM Water 0.20 NR 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15
trademark of Quadrant BSM Soap & Water 0.15 NR 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10
Engineering Plastics Oil - - - - - - -
Products. Dry 0.20 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15
All rights Reserved. WX
Oil NR NR 0.10 NR NR 0.10 NR

i
All values shown in this table were obtained through product testing. Actual values may be higher or lower
Fm for LBP3000 Multiflex chain (typically) = 0.10; Fm for LBP1503 Multiflex chain (typically) = 0.11

Multiflex
FRICTION TABLE BETWEEN CHAIN AND WEARSTRIPS (Fm) Conveyor
Chain
Materials
Lubrication Steel and Stainless
Condition Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25

Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
AS
Soap & Water
> Friction Table
0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil Between Chain
0.10 0.10 0.10
and Wearstrips
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 (Fw)
Water NR NR NR
BWR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry NR NR NR
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
CR
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
DUV
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
D Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
WD Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
FR
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.17
HP™ Water 0.20 0.16 0.16
WHP Soap & Water 0.15 0.14 0.14
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.20
LF Water 0.20 0.18 0.18
WLF Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water NR NR NR
MR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
P
Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Dry 0.18 0.17 0.17
Water 0.16 0.16 NR Rexnord, Rex, TableTop,
PS ™
Soap & Water 0.13 0.14 NR
Oil Series, LPC, Magnetflex
0.10 0.10 0.10 and HP are trademarks
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 of Rexnord Industries,
WSM Water 0.23 0.21 0.21 Inc.
BSM Soap & Water 0.15 0.15 0.15 Nylatron is a registered
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 trademark of Quadrant
0.25 0.20 0.20 Engineering Plastics
Dry Products.
Water NR NR NR
WX
Soap & Water NR NR NR All rights Reserved.
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
i Friction between chain and wearstrip (Fw) must be adjusted when inclining / declining. See
Friction Formulas on page EM - MF - 30 - 31 for more information.
i All values shown in this table were obtained through product testing. Actual values may be higher
or lower depending on environmental conditions.

®
EM - MF- 5
Multiflex SPROCKET AND IDLER WHEEL DESIGNATIONS
Sprocket and
Idler Wheel
Rexnord has developed a variety of sprocket and idler materials for various and unique
Designations applications. Sprockets are available in plastic and metallic varieties.
Plastic
Plastic
Acetal
> Acetal Good corrosion and wear resistant properties
One piece sprocket
> LF Acetal
> KU and KUS
(Machined LF Acetal
Plastic)
Available in select idler wheel styles only
Metallic Self-lubricating
> Semi-Steel (Cast
Iron)
KU designates solid (one piece) design and KUS designates a split (two piece) design
Sprockets come in a wide variety of pitch diameters and bore sizes
Metallic
Semi-Steel (Cast Iron)
Used in non-corrosive, abrasive environments such as broken glass, metal chips
One piece sprocket
Temperature Range: -40 to +350° F (-40° to +177° C)

Inc.
Products.


Multiflex
Materials
Proper chain and wearstrip selection will provide optimum life. Since a function of the wearstrip is
to lower friction and to reduce wear, it is recommended to give careful consideration when
your application:
Acetal
> Acetal
> Aluminum
Aluminum
> Bronze and
Brass
NOT RECOMMENDED due to poor wear resistance > Nylatron®

(Nylon with
Bronze and Brass Moly Filler)
> Lubricant
Sometimes used with stainless steel chains Impregnated
Typically used for non-sparking and anti-static conditions Wood
For bronze - recommended one half hard temper (Rb 58) > Steel
For brass - recommended one half hard (Rb 70 Min) to full hard (Rb 82) temper
> Stainless Steel

®
Especially suited for dry operation on thermoplastic side-flexing chain corners due to its high
PV (Pressure-Velocity) rating
Typically not recommended in wet applications because it will absorb moisture and expand (if
used in wet applications, allow clearance for expansion and movement of fasteners)

Steel
A cold rolled plain carbon steel is recommended
Heat treated grades - hardened to 25 to 30 Rc is recommended
Stainless Steel
Recommended for corrosive, abrasive or high temperature applications of Rexnord Industries,
Inc.
A cold rolled austenitic grade is recommended which offers the best corrosion resistant properties trademark of Quadrant
Recommended one quarter hard temper (25 to 35 Rc) Products.
Softer annealed grades of austenitic are NOT RECOMMENDED. Adverse interaction between All rights Reserved.
the chain material and the soft stainless steel might develop. When this happens, the resulting
wear debris consists almost entirely of finely divided stainless steel particles, nearly black in
color, similar to molydisulfide or graphite. The wear of the stainless steel might be rapid while
the thermoplastic chain by contrast exhibits only slight wear
Martensitic stainless steel can also be used when heat treated (25 to 35 Rc); however, it is not
as corrosion resistant as austenitic

®
EM - MF - 7
Multiflex WEARSTRIP MATERIALS
Wearstrip
Materials
Teflon ®
> Teflon® UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene)

> UHMWPE (Ultra Recommended for dry or wet applications on straight or side-flexing conveyors
High Molecular Not recommended for abrasive conditions where particles may imbed in the surface and wear
Weight
Polyethylene) the chain
Provide lower coefficient of friction than metals
· Ceramic / glass
· Conductive
· Oil / wax
CAUTION

MatTop, HP, PS,
Platinum Series, and
UHS are trademarks of
Rexnord Indusrtries, Inc.
Teflon is a registered
trademark of E.I. du
Pont de Nemours and
Company and its
affiliates

Multiflex
LUBRICATION Lubrication
reducing chain tension; but also, greatly improves the wear life of the chain and wearstrips.
Lubrication offers a constant cleaning effect of both the chain and wearstrip and can also reduce
static.
> General
Recommendations
Lubrication should contact both the chain and wearstrip > General Types
of Lubricants
When lubricating Rex® Multiflex chains, the lubricant must be applied at the entrance of the
inside corner track > Selective
General Types of Lubricants

Lubrication
Water - Only utilize with corrosion resistant materials.

Can be used as a general lubricant; however, it is not
as effective as other types due to friction and chain
cleaning properties
DI
Water soluble lubricants and soaps - Only utilize with
RE RAVE
OF
CT
T
ION
corrosion resistant materials. These are
L
excellent lubricants which also help clean the chain Minimum
Countersink Depth
Oil base lubricants - These are vegetable, mineral oils 0.03 in
(0.8 mm) A
A
or grease which offer high lubricity. Can be used with
Commercial Grease
plastic or metal materials. Recommended to be used Fitting Located on
Section A -A Inside Corner at Infeed
on all metal chains whenever practical. Food grade oils
are available Method of furnishing lubricant to chain
Selective Lubrication thrust surface
In some applications, the presence of a lubricant cannot be tolerated. For these applications, it
is recommended to utilize chains made of HP™ or PS™ acetal material with Nylatron® corners,
which offers the lowest coefficient of friction
To eliminate or reduce lubrication, contact Rexnord Application Engineering to conduct a run

dry survey. 1.262.376.4800
For more information on lubrication types, compatibility, methods, contact a lubricant manufacturer.

Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 9
Multiflex ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Environmental
Considerations
Abrasive Applications
> Abrasive
Utilize wearstrips and chains with a hard wear surface
Applications
> Chemical
The use of WX chain material and metal sprockets can extend wear life
Chemical Applications
Applications
> Dry Applications

Make sure any chemicals or cleaners used on conveyors are compatible with chain, wearstrip
> Extreme
and sprockets. See table on page EM - MF - 12 for more detailed compatibility information
Dry Applications
Temperature
Applications
> High Speed Considerations to be taken when running dry:

Applications
> Long Length Conveyor cleanliness
Conveyors / Conveyor pulsation
Pulsation Increased component wear
Extreme Temperature Applications

Applications
and wearstrips can vary due to the presence of moisture
Minimum Maximum
Material Dry Dry Wet
°F °C °F °C °F °C
Acetal -40 -40 180 82 150 66
UHWMPE -100 -73 180 82 160 71
Nylon -40 -40 220 104 NR NR
Stainless Steel -100 -73 800 427 250 121
Steel -40 -40 350 177 250 121

Made-To-Order (MTO) basis
High Speed Applications
of Rexnord Industries, In any high speed application, the critical aspect of the conveyor is the corners. The concern
Inc. with running the chain at high speeds is the PV (Pressure-Velocity) in the corners. If the PV lim
Nylatron is a registered its are exceeded, the chain or corner track may become damaged due to the heat generated
Engineering Plastics from the high speed and/or load. It is generally recommended to utilize Nylatron® corner tracks
Products. in conjunction with PS™ or HP™ materials or selective lubrication for these applications
Long Length Conveyors / Pulsation Applications

Multiflex
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Environmental
Considerations

> Static
Environment
! Class I: Static spark causes explosion - stainless steel chains are recommended. Applications
CAUTION
Class II: Static spark is a nuisance charge - low charge will provide slight shock or possible > UV Applications
circuit damage.
UV Applications

Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 11
Multiflex MATERIAL CHARACTERISTIC TABLE
Environmental
Considerations
Theoplastic
Material
Characteristics HP™ LF D
BWR AS P CR MR DUV FR PS™ WX
WHP WLF WD
Impact Resistant . . . .
> Material
Wear Resistant . . . . .
Characteristic
Chemical Resistant* . .
Table
Strength . . . . . . . .
Low Frictional Characteristics . . . .
Capability to Run Dry in Corners . . . . . .
Suitablity in Wet Enviroments . . . . . . . .
Low Temperature Capability (to 40° F) . . . . . . .
High Temperature Capabilities (to +180° F) . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultra Violet Capabilities . . . . .
Suitability for Class II (nuisance static) .
Suitability for Class I (exlosive static)
Non-magnetic Qualities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flame Retardance .
Capability to Convey Hot Products (to +375° F) .
FDA Approval . . . . . .
HP™ = High Performance CR = Extreme Chemical Resistant
WHP = White High Performance MR = Melt Resistant
LF = Low Friction DUV = Ultraviolet Resistant
WLF = White Low Friction FR = Flame Retardant
D = Acetal PS™ = Platinum Series™
WD = White Acetal WX = Abrasion Resistant
BWR = Black Wear Resistant
AS = Anti-Static
*See Corrosion Resistance Guide on Page EM - MF - 13 for more details

Inc.
Products.


Multiflex
CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE Environmental
Considerations
Chemically
Nylon & Resistant
Austenitic Acetal Polyester Polyethylene Neoprene EPDM
Nylatron® Fluorinated
Common
Polymer
or
Chemical Name AS, BSM, D,
AC DUV, HP™, LF, BWR,
FR, P CR UHMWPE > Corrosion
SS PS™, WD, WHP, MR, WX
WLF, WSM Resistance
Acetic Acid (over 5%-up to 50%) M U M S S S M S
Guide
Acetone S S S S U S M S
Alcohol S S S S S S S S
Ammonia S U S S S S S S
Beer S S S S S S S S
Beverages-Soft Drinks S S S S S S M S
Benzene S S S S S M S U
Brine (pickle) M M M S S S U S
Carbon Tetrachloride M S S S U M U U
Chlorine U U U S S S U M
Citric Acid S M M S S S S S
Cyclohexane — S — — S U S S
Ethyl Chloride S S S S S M M M
Formaldehyde S S S S M S S S
Formic Acid U U U S S S M M
Fruit Juices S S S S S S S S
Gasoline S S S S S M S U
Hexane S S — S S U S U
Hydrochloric Acid (up to 2%) U U U S S S M S
Hydrochloric Acid (up to 37%) U U U S S S U M
Hydrogen Peroxide S U U S S S M S
Iodine U U U U M M U U
Isopropanol (isopropyl alcohol) S S S S S S S S
Lactic Acid S S M S M S S S
Methylene Chloride S S — U M U U U
Milk S S S S S S S S
Muriatic Acid U U U S S S U M
Nitric Acid (low concentrations) S U U S S S M S
Oil (vegetable or mineral) S S S S M S S U
Ozonated Water S M U S S S U S
Paraffin S S S S S S S U
Phosphoric Acid (up to 10%) S U U S S S S S
Soap and Water S S S S S S S S
Sodium Chloride M S S S S S S S
Sodium Hydroxide (up to 25%) S S U U M S S S
Sodium Hypochlorite (Bleach) U U U S S S U S
Stearic Acid S M S S S S S M
Sulphuric Acid (up to 40%) U U U S S S M S
Toluene (Toluol) S M S S M U U U Rexnord, Rex, TableTop,
Turpentine S S S S S U S U MatTop, PS, Platinum
Vegetable Juices S S S S S S U S Series, LPC, Magnetflex
Vinegar S S S S M S S S and HP are trademarks
Water (fresh) S S S S S S S S
Inc.
Whiskey S S S S S S S S
Wine S S S S S S S S Nylatron is a registered
Xylene S S S S S M U U
Dash = Not Tested M = Marginal U = Unsatisfactory S = Satisfactory Products.
i
General Rules of Thumb:
With acetal products, do not use cleaning or lubricating agents with a pH below 4 or above 10.

®
EM - MF - 13
Multiflex CONVEYOR DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
Conveyor
Design
Straight Running Configuration

A long conveyor with a single drive is the simplest and most ideal design. Sometimes
several short conveyors are required due to application constraints
> Straight

Running
Configuration
> Side-flexing
Configuration In general, the straight section between the corner and the drive shaft must be at least 18 in
i (457 mm) to allow adequate room for the catenary (see page EM - MF - 25). The tail shaft
> Straight
Running should be at least 12 in (305 mm).
and Side-flexing
Depending on chain style, corner discs or
Configuration
corner tracks can be utilized Tail Shaft
Corner discs are used to guide the chain A Tail Shaft A
without significant increase in chain tension Drive Shaft
Drive Shaft B
When conveying from Point A to Point B, B
design the conveyor so that the drive is
positioned furthest from the last corner Preferred Avoid
Straight Running and Side-flexing Configuration

The conveyor frame is designed to support the chain on the bottom of the link
For applications where debris is a concern, an open design, such as a serpentine design, is
preferred over full width support
The serpentine design prevents the build-up of debris in the track and distributes the wear
evenly across the bottom of the link
Abrasive applications should utilize steel or stainless steel wearstrips
Wet abrasive applications should utilize stainless steel wearstrips and pins
Non-abrasive conditions should utilize UHMWPE or Nylatron® wearstrips
! Multiflex chains should not be twisted.
CAUTION
! 1700, 1702, 1755, 1765 and 2550 chains MUST utilize corner discs.
CAUTION
i
MatTop, PS, Platinum Make sure that the entire chain path (carry, return, sprocket and catenary sag areas) has plenty
Series, LPC, Magnetflex of clearance for free chain travel. Make sure all frame and support members, piping, conduits and
of Rexnord Industries, mounting hardware are well clear of chain path.
Inc.
Products. DIRECTION DIRECTION
OF TRAVEL OF TRAVEL
Bi-Directional Chain Uni-Directional Chain

Multiflex
Design
Carry Ways
Guide clearance is critical for Rex® Multiflex chains. For guide clearance dimensions of individual
chains, see table on page EM - MF - 18 or Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) > Carry Ways
Side-flexing - Straight Edge Design > Side-flexing -

Straight Edge
Center of Disc Design
Guide Clearance Straight to Chain Center
Outside Radius
CL Corner Disc
CL Chain
Mounting Plate
Typical Construction - Corner Section

Utilizing Corner Disc
Chain can be lifted out of straight sections for cleaning or inspection

Longer conveyors can be achieved with the use of corner discs
CAUTION

Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 15
Conveyor
Design
Carry Ways
chains, see table on page EM - MF - 18 or Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en)
> Carry Ways
> Side-flexing - Side-flexing - Straight Edge Design

Straight Edge
Design
Guide Clearance Straight
Center of Disc
to Chain Center
Guide Clearance Curve
Outside Radius
CL Corner Disc
CL Chain
Inside of
Turn
Mounting Plate
MatTop, PS, Platinum Typical Construction - Corner Section Typical Construction - Corner Section
Series, LPC, Magnetflex Utilizing Corner Track Utilizing Corner Disc
Inc. Chain can be lifted out of straight sections for cleaning or inspection
Nylatron is a registered Longer conveyors can be achieved with the use of corner discs
Products. ! 1700, 1702, 1755, 1765 and 2550 chains MUST utilize corner discs.
CAUTION


Multiflex
Design
Carry Ways
chains, see table on page EM - MF - 18 or Product Catalog (8rxCAT-en) > Carry Ways
Side-flexing - TAB Design > Side-flexing -

TAB Design
Guide Clearance Straight
Center of Disc
Guide Clearance Curve to Chain Center
Outside Radius
CL Corner Disc
CL Chain
Inside of
Turn

Mounting Plate
Typical Construction - Corner Section Typical Construction - Corner Section
Utilizing Corner Track Utilizing Corner Disc Inc.
Positive retention trademark of Quadrant
TABs hold chain down in incline or decline applications Products.
Chain top surface wear is decreased if the TAB return is utilized All rights Reserved.
Longer conveyors can be achieved with the use of corner discs

Once assembled, the TAB chain cannot be lifted out of the conveyor track
CAUTION

®
EM - MF - 17
Conveyor
Design
Side-flex Radius Table

Chain Chain Width Minimum Side-flex Radius
Style in mm in mm
> Side-flex Radius
Table 1700 2.17 55.1 5.75 146.1
AC 1700 2.17 55.1 5.75 146.1
>Guide Clearance 1701 2.09 53.1 5.75 146.1
Table 1701 TAB 2.09 53.1 5.75 146.1
AC 1701 TAB 2.09 53.1 5.75 146.1
> Rex® 1702 2.09 53.1 5.75 146.1
Multiflex
1755 1.09 27.7 5.38 136.5
Chain Track
Details 1757 TAB 3.25 82.6 6.00 152.4
LBP 1757 TAB 3.25 82.6 6.00 152.4
> Side-flexing 1757 TAB G 3.25 82.6 8.00 203.2
1765 2.17 55.1 4.92 125.0
2500 TAB 2.63 66.8 9.50 241.3
2550 TAB 3.50 88.9 9.50 241.3
Guide Clearanace Table

Rex Multiflex Chain Track Details
®
Side-flexing
AC 1700 1757T
1701T
Chain Style 1701 2500T 1700 1702 1755 LBP 1757T 2550T
AC 1701T
1765 1757T G
Hold Down Style Bevel TAB TAB N/A N/A N/A TAB TAB
Guide in 2.19 2.34 2.97 2.28 2.34 1.20 2.44 3.76

Clearance
Straight mm 55.6 59.5 75.4 58.0 59.4 30.5 61.9 95.4
Guide in 2.34 2.25 2.81 N/A N/A N/A * N/A
Clearance
Corner mm 59.4 57.2 71.4 N/A N/A N/A * N/A
Corner in 0.63 0.63 0.75 *
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, Must Use Must Use Must Use Must Use
Wearstrip
MatTop, PS, Platinum mm 16.0 16.0 19.0 Corner Disc Corner Disc Corner Disc * Corner Disc
Thickness
and HP are trademarks *Rexnord only offers corner discs for these chains; however corner tracks can be utilized.
Inc.
Products.


Multiflex
Design
Transfers
Smooth transfer of the conveyed product from one chain to another is essential. The various
methods are described below: > Transfers
Side Transfer > Side Transfer
> Inline Transfer
Outfeed Chain
Infeed Chain

Inline Transfer
Infeed Chain Outfeed Chain

i These arrangements are used in an offset wrap drive, which allow a single strand of chain to be
used; see page EM - TT - 24 (TableTop® Section) for offset wrap drive details.

Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 19
Conveyor
Design
> Alternate Drive

Configurations
Alpine Conveyor
> Alpine Conveyor
Head Shaft
(Drive Sprocket)
CHAIN TRAVEL
DIRECTION
Corner Disc
CHAIN TRAVEL Idler Wheel

DIRECTION
Rex® Multiflex chains have the ability to elevate or lower products in a very compact area. This figure
shows a typical elevating system and how the chain is returned in a non-standard configuration
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, Full return is not required
Series, LPC, Magnetflex The chain hangs straight down from the drive sprocket and side-flexes back up into the tail section
Elevators can be designed with free-hanging (catenary sag) and sliding returns
Inc. Roller returns are not recommended
trademark of Quadrant The straight and corner return sections can be the same as the carry section
Products.
The chain is run in the conveyor upside down through the return section
Depending on chain design, discs may have to be mounted upside-down in the return

Multiflex
Design
Return Ways
Serpentine Style Return > Return Ways
> Serpentine
A wide selection of chain returns are possible ON
C TI EL Style Return
with Rex® Multiflex chains which offers consider RE A
V
able conveyor design freedom DI F TR > Side-flexing -
O
Straight Edge
The chain is fully supported Design
Allows for drainage and the passage of foreign

materials
Spacing
0.5 in MIN
(12.7 mm)
Tail Shaft
(Idler Sprocket)
Conveyor with Serpentine Return Bed
Side-flexing - Straight Edge Design Mounting Plate

The corner disc in the return section is mounted
in the same manner as in the carry section
Depending on chain design, discs may have to
CL Corner Disc
be mounted upside-down in the return
CL Chain
Outside Radius
Center of Disc
to Chain Center
Typical Construction - Corner Section and HP are trademarks
Utilizing Corner Disc of Rexnord Industries,
Inc.
Products.
i When returning chain with molded inserts (HPM), caution should be taken to insure that
the inserts do not interfere with the return elements.

Possible solutions:
Return the chain on its TABs
Return the chain on the outer edge of the links via rollers or wearstrips

®
EM - MF - 21
Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

Side-flexing - Bevel Design
> Side-flexing -
Bevel Design Mounting Plate
Chain Guide
> Side-flexing -
TAB Design
CL Corner Disc
Inside of
Turn
CL Chain
Outside Radius
Guide Clearance Curve
Center of Disc
to Chain Center

Utilizing Corner Disc Utilizing Corner Track
The corner disc in the return section is mounted in the same manner as in thecarry section
Side-flexing - TAB Design

Mounting Plate
CL Corner Disc
Inside of
Turn
CL Chain

MatTop, PS, Platinum Guide Clearance Curve
Series, LPC, Magnetflex Outside Radius
Inc. Center of Disc
Nylatron is a registered to Chain Center
Products. Utilizing Corner Track
Utilizing Corner Disc
The corner disc in the return section is mounted in the same manner as in thecarry section
CAUTION

Multiflex
Design
Return Ways
Multiflex Incline Conveyors > Return Ways

! To assure proper functioning of these conveyors it is important that:
CAUTION > Multiflex Incline
Conveyors
The chain enters and leaves the disc in the same plane as the disc
In the transition zone, the wearstrips should be curved to accomplish smooth transition from
one plane to the next
The maximum angle of incline or decline for an application depends on product stability and
friction between chain and product
TRANSITION
ZONE
TRAVEL
LEAVING
CL Corner
Disc
D
TRAVEL
G
ENTERIN D = 0.3 x disc diameter (MIN)
0.5 x disc diameter for wide products
Inclined Chain Entering and Leaving a Corner Disc
When inclining, the chain must pass through a transition zone prior to entering the disc
The disc should be tipped so that it lies in the same plane as the chain exiting the disc

THIS MatTop, PS, Platinum
NOT THIS
Inc.
Products.
Chain Down-flexing Chain Back-flexing All rights Reserved.
Any change in angle of chain travel should Back-flexing through a change in be

made by down-flexing the chain as shown angle will cause the chain to rise out
of the conveyor frame

®
EM - MF - 23
Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

Multiflex Decline Conveyors
To assure proper functioning of these conveyors it is important that:
> Multiflex Decline
Conveyors
The chain enters and leaves the disc in the same plane as the disc
In the transition zone, the wearstrips should be curved to accomplish smooth transition from
one plane to the next
The maximum angle of incline or decline for an application depends on product stability and
friction between chain and product
TRANSITION
ZONE
TRAVEL
LEAVING
CL Corner
Disc
D
TRAVEL
G
ENTERIN D = 0.3 x disc diameter (MIN)
0.5 x disc diameter for wide products
Inclined Chain Entering and Leaving a Corner Disc
When inclining, the chain must pass through a transition zone prior to entering the disc
The disc should be tipped so that it lies in the same plane as the chain exiting the disc

MatTop, PS, Platinum THIS
Series, LPC, Magnetflex NOT THIS
Inc.
Products.

Chain Down-flexing Chain Back-flexing
Any change in angle of chain travel should Back-flexing through a change in be

made by down-flexing the chain as shown angle will cause the chain to rise out
of the conveyor frame

Multiflex
Design
Return Ways
Catenary Sag > Return Ways
The function of the catenary is to allow a place for excess chain to accumulate > Catenary Sag
Rex® Multiflex chains should never be run tight
The catenary sag should be measured when running
If catenary sag is excessive or increases due to wear, it should be adjusted by removing links
to obtain the proper sag
Tail Shaft Head Shaft

(Idler Sprocket) DIRECTION (Drive Sprocket)
OF TRAVEL
150°
MIN Wrap
Vertical Sag when Running

3 in to 5 in
(76 mm to 127 mm)
Horizontal Span
18 in to 24 in
(457 mm to 610 mm)
The catenary sag area must be free of all obstructions, such as frame cross-members, supports,
! drive components, that can damage chain or inhibit proper catenary sag.
CAUTION

Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 25
Conveyor
Design
Return Ways
> Return Ways

! Provide a generous entry radius to the return section which permits the chain to feed smoothly
> Entry Radius for CAUTION
into the return ways

Sliding Returns
The entry radius should be greater than the minimum back-flex radius of the chain
(see table below)
When returning a chain on its TABs, guide the chain onto the return wearstrips using a guide
shoe (see table on page EM - MF - 18 for proper guide clearance)
At the entry of the return wearstrips, provide rounded corners to prevent catching or snagging
Return Wearstrips
(TABBED CHAINS ONLY)
SIDE VIEW Guide with Proper

Entry Radius
6 in MIN D
(152 mm MIN) OF IREC
TR TIO
AV N
EL
Break Sharp Corners
ENTRY
DIRECTION
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, Back-Flex Radius Table

MatTop, PS, Platinum Min.
Series, LPC, Magnetflex Back-flex Radius
Chain Style
of Rexnord Industries, in mm
Inc.
1700, AC1700, 1701, 1701TAB, AC1701TAB, 1702, 1755, 2500TAB, 2550TAB 1.50 38.1
trademark of Quadrant 1757TAB, LBP1757TAB 4.00 101.6
Products. 1765 2.50 63.5


Multiflex
Design
The distance from the end of the wearstrip to the sprocket shaft centerline should equal dimension "C"; > Sprocket and
otherwise the wearstrip will interfere with the free articulation of the chain as it enters the sprocket. Wearstrip
Location
> Sprocket
The following formulas and dimensions used in conjunction with the figure will give the proper Location
shaft and wearstrip positioning: for Conventional
Sprocket Location for Conventional Chains

Chains
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E = (6.369 in/2) - 0.470 in = 2.715 in

C = 1.97 in
Metric:
A = (Pitch Diameter/2) - E = (161.77 mm/2) - 11.94 mm = 68.95 mm
C = 50.0 mm
Tolerances
A = +0.03 in / -0.00 in (+0.8 mm / -0.0 mm)
C = +0.25 in / -0.00 in (+6.3 mm / -0.0 mm)
C

Inc.
Shaft Drop Values - For Conventional Chains
"C" Dimension "E" Dimension Products.
Chain Series Chain Numbers
in mm in mm
1700 1700, AC1700 1.97 50.0 0.470 11.94 All rights Reserved.
1701 1701 1.97 50.0 0.480 12.19
1701TAB 1701TAB, AC1701TAB 1.97 50.0 0.480 12.19
1702 1702 1.97 50.0 0.480 12.19
1755 1755 1.58 40.0 0.250 6.35
1765 1765 1.97 50.0 0.470 11.94
2500TAB 2500TAB 3.00 76.2 0.700 17.78

2550TAB 2550TAB 3.00 76.2 0.700 17.78
i For 1757 chains, see page EM - TT - 29 (TableTop® section).

®
EM - MF - 27
Conveyor
Design
Idler Wheel and Sprocket Location (Stationary Shafts Only)
For proper location and smooth operation, the idler wheels should be mounted slightly below the
> Idler Wheel
and Sprocket top of the wearstrips
Locations
(Stationary 1.97 in
Shafts Only) (50.0 mm)
> Shafting Recommended

for Set Collar Clearance
Stationary 0.03 in
(0.8 mm)
Tail Shafts
A
"A" Dimension
Idler Wheel Chains Used
inches mm
1701, 1701TAB,
1700-8T Idler Wheel 2.57 65.3
1702, 1765
1757-10.5T Idler Wheel 2.95 74.95 1757
Idler Wheel Location
Stainless Steel
Suggested Hardness:
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, 25 to 30 Rc
and HP are trademarks Suggested Surface Finish:
Inc. 63 µ-in Ra
trademark of Quadrant Rexnord recommends rotating shafts in bearings. If bearings are not used, the following are
Products. guidelines for operating Rex® Multiflex sprockets on stationary shafts:
Max. Recommended Chain Speed

Sprocket
FPM MPM
N - Acetal 0 - 50 0 - 15
UHMWPE 0 - 50 0 - 15
NS - Nylon, Split 0 - 100 0 - 30
Bronze Bushing 0 - 500 0 - 150
Bearings Recommended for Speeds > 300 Recommended for Speeds > 90

Multiflex
Design
English: KEYWAY > Keyway and

Shaft Diameter Key Width (w) Key height (h) Keyset at Depth (h/2) Setscrew Size Setscrew
> 9/16” to 7/8” 3/16” 3/16” 3/32” 1/4-20
Sizes
> 7/8” to 1-1/4” 1/4” 1/4” 1/8” 3/8-16
> 1-1/4” to 1-3/8” 5/16” 5/16” 5/32” 3/8-16
> 1-3/8” to 1-3/4” 3/8” 3/8” 3/16” 3/8-16 > Split
> 1-3/4” to 2-1/4” 1/2” 1/2” 1/4” 1/2-13 Sprocket
> 2-1/4” to 2-3/4” 5/8” 5/8” 5/16” 1/2-13
Bore
Metric: Nomenclature
Shaft Diameter Key Width (w) Key height (h) Keyset at Depth (h/2) Setscrew Size
> 22mm to 30mm 8mm 7mm 3.5mm M6 x 1
> 30mm to 38mm 10mm 8mm 4mm M8 x 1.25
> 38mm to 44mm 12mm 8mm 4mm M10 x 1.5
> 44mm to 50mm 14mm 9mm 4.5mm M10 x 1.5
> 55mm to 58mm 16mm 10mm 5mm M12 x 1.75
> 58mm to 65mm 18mm 11mm 6.5mm M12 x 1.75

w
with one setscrew as standard. Additional
h/2
h
If multiple strands share a tail shaft, key only one

!
CAUTION sprocket and allow others to rotate. Collars should
be utilized to prevent floating.
Shaft
Diam
eter

Idler Bore - Round bore with a clearance fit (no keyway or setscrew). Designed to spin freely on
the shaft. Rexnord, Rex, TableTop,
Rough Stock Bore - Wide tolerance bore used for work in process. Not for use on any shaft. and HP are trademarks
Must be further machined for actual use. of Rexnord Industries,
Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 29
TableTop®
Calculation
The Rex® TableTop® Calculation Program is available to perform chain pull calculations for
Program specific conveyor applications.
To obtain the most recent calculation program:

Download from Technical Support at: http://www.rexnord.com/flattop
® ®
> Rex TableTop
Calculation
Contact Application Engineering
Program

Chain style, material and width
Wearstrip material
Corner disc or corner track material
Lubrication conditions (i.e. dry, water, soap and water, oil)
Product weight (lbs/ft) or (kg/m)
Product material
Number of starts per hour (e.g. indexing conveyors)

Calculated headshaft chain tension
Maximum allowable headshaft chain tension
Percent of allowable chain tension
Calculated corner tension (PV)
Maximum allowable corner tension
If the percent of allowable chain tension is 100% or less, your conveyor application is within
chain capacity.
! The horsepower requirement the program calculates is the "design horse power" that is required
CAUTION
to power the conveyor based on the input parameters. Additional considerations should be
MatTop, PS, Platinum made for the type of drive used, efficiency losses in the power train, as well as any gearbox
Series, LPC, Magnetflex manufacturer's recommendations.
Inc. If the calculated corner tension is less than the maximum allowable corner tension, your
Nylatron is a registered conveyor application is within chain PV capacity.
The Rex
Products.
®
TableTop® Chain Calculation Program calculates the following:
All rights Reserved. Carousel conveyor analysis (i.e. offset wrap drive conveyors)
Universal conveyor analysis (i.e. alpine systems, multiple loading systems)
Catenary sag vs. length vs. tension
Catenary sag vs. length vs. excess chain
Product backline pressure (due to accumulation)
The Rex® TableTop® Calculation Program does not take environmental conditions into consideration.
This calculation program ONLY provides information on whether the chain is within capacity.

Rex®
Calculation
Friction Formulas Program
When inclining or declining, the coefficient of friction must be modified between chain and
wearstrip (Fw).
> Rex® TableTop®
Calculation
Incline: Fwincline = (Fwhorizontal x CosØ) + SinØ
Program
Decline: Fwdecline = (Fwhorizontal x CosØ) - SinØ
i For an example of calculating chain speed, see page EM - TT - 35 (TableTop® Section).
NOTES

Inc.
Products.


®
EM - MF - 31
Conveyor
Design
Typical Product Sizes and Weights

Container Base Dimensions Weight Full Single File En Masse
Content Container Size
> Product Size and Material
Weights Paper 1/2 Pint 3x3 76.2 x 76.2 0.60 0.27 2.4 3.6
Paper Pint 3x3 76.2 x 76.2 1.10 0.50 4.4 6.5
Paper 1/2 Gallon 4-1/8 x 4-1/8 104.8 x 104.8 4.50 2.04 13.1 19.5
Dairy
Plastic 6 oz 2-5/8" Ø 66.7Ø 0.40 0.18 1.8 2.7 9.7 46.9
Yogurt
Plastic 6 Pack / 4 oz Containers 5x7 127 x 177.8 1.57 0.71 3.8 5.6
Plastic 1/2 lb 4Ø 101.6Ø 0.60 0.27 1.8 2.7 6.2 30.3
Plastic 2 lb 5Ø 127Ø 2.30 1.04 5.5 8.2 15.3 74.4
Glass Gallon 6Ø 152.4Ø 3.59 1.63 7.2 10.7 16.6 80.6
Juice
Aluminum 12 oz 2.6 Ø 66.0Ø 0.85 0.39 3.9 5.8 20.9 101.8
Plastic 500 ml PET 2-37/64 Ø 65.5Ø 1.16 0.53 5.4 8.0 29.0 141.0
Plastic 20 oz PET 2-7/8 Ø 73.0Ø 1.37 0.62 5.7 8.5 27.6 134.1
Soft Drink
Glass 12 oz 2-1/2 Ø 63.5Ø 1.50 0.68 7.2 10.7 39.9 194.0
Glass 64 oz 3-5/8 Ø 92.1Ø 3.88 1.76 12.8 19.1 49.1 238.6
Aluminum 12 oz 2.6 Ø 66.0Ø 0.85 0.39 3.9 5.8 20.9 101.8
Beer
Glass 750 ml 2-7/8 Ø 73.0Ø 2.88 1.31 12.0 17.9 57.9 281.9
Glass 1.5 Liter 4-1/4 Ø 108.0Ø 6.37 2.89 18.0 26.8 58.6 284.9
Wine / Champagne
Glass 12 oz 2-1/2 Ø 63.5Ø 1.22 0.55 5.9 8.7 32.5 157.8
Metal 1/2 lb 4-1/8 Ø 104.8Ø 0.80 0.36 2.3 3.5 7.8 38.0
Metal 1 lb 4-1/8 Ø 104.8Ø 1.30 0.59 3.8 5.6 12.7 61.7
Coffee
Metal 2 lb 5-1/4 Ø 133.4Ø 2.50 1.13 5.7 8.5 15.1 73.3
Metal 3 lb 6-1/4 Ø 158.8Ø 3.80 1.72 7.3 10.9 16.2 78.6
Soup Metal 10.5 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 0.76 0.34 3.5 5.2 18.3 89.1
Soup Metal 18.5 oz 3-1/8 Ø 79.4Ø 1.33 0.60 5.1 7.6 22.6 110.0
Soup Metal 32 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 1.90 0.86 5.7 8.5 19.7 96.0
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop, Cracker Paper 10 oz Box 2-1/4 x 5-1/4 57.2 x 133.4 0.72 0.33 3.8 5.7
MatTop, PS, Platinum Peanut Butter Plastic 18 oz 3Ø 76.2Ø 1.15 0.52 4.6 6.8 21.2 103.3
Series, LPC, Magnetflex Jelly Glass 32 oz 3-5/16" Ø 84.1Ø 2.15 0.98 7.8 11.6 32.6 158.6
Food
and HP are trademarks Jelly Glass 18 oz 2-5/8 Ø 66.7Ø 1.62 0.73 7.4 11.0 39.1 189.9
of Rexnord Industries, Catsup Plastic 24 oz 2-1/4 x 3-3/4 57.2 x 95.3 1.63 0.74 8.7 12.9
Inc. Apple Sauce Glass 23 oz 3-5/16 Ø 84.1Ø 2.05 0.93 7.4 11.1 31.1 151.2
Mayonaise Glass 32 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 3.03 1.37 9.1 13.5 31.5 153.1
Nylatron is a registered Cereal Paper 14 oz Box 2-3/8 x 7-1/2 60.3 x 190.5 1.06 0.48 5.4 8.0
trademark of Quadrant Vegetable Metal 14.5 oz 2-15/16 Ø 74.6Ø 1.04 0.47 4.2 6.3 20.0 97.5
Engineering Plastics Tuna Metal 12 oz Can 4Ø 101.6Ø 0.88 0.40 2.6 3.9 9.1 44.5
Products. Tomato Sauce Metal 29 oz 4Ø 101.6Ø 2.07 0.94 6.2 9.2 21.5 104.6
Dish Soap Plastic 25 oz 2-7/16 x 3-3/8 61.9 x 85.7 1.78 0.81 8.8 13.0
All rights Reserved. Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 22 oz 2 x 3-3/8 50.8 x 85.7 1.60 0.73 9.6 14.3
Liquid Laundry Soap Plastic 32 oz 2-5/8 x 4-1/2 66.7 x 114.3 2.30 1.04 10.5 15.6
Cleaners
Automotive

0 000000
0.000000
Appendix
0.00001
0.00002
0.00003
0.00004
Material
Description Page Primary Components
Prefix
AS Anti-Static MA - 1 Electrically conductive acetal (POM)
BHA Blue High Temperature Antimicrobial MA - 23 Polypropylene (PP) Microban antimicrobial product protection
BLA Blue Low Temperature Antimicrobial MA - 24 Polyethylene (HDPE) Microban antimicrobial product protection
BLT Blue Low Temperature MA - 10 Polyethylene (HDPE)
BHT Blue High Temperature MA - 8 Polypropylene (PP)
BSA Blue Special Acetal Antimicrobial MA - 25 Cut resistant acetal (POM) Microban antimicrobial product protection
BSM Black Cut Resistant MA - 12 Cut and abrasive wear resistant acetal (POM)
BWR Black Wear Resistant MA - 18 Wear resistant nylon (PA) composite
CR Extreme Chemical Resistant MA - 2 Fluorinated polymer
D Plain Acetal MA - 3 Acetal (POM)
DUV Plain Acetal Ultraviolet Resistant MA - 15 Ultraviolet resistant acetal (POM)
EPDM Ethylene Propylene Rubber MA - 30 Ethylene Propylene Rubber
ESD Electrostatic Dissipative MA - 4 Electrically conductive polypropylene (PP)
FR Flame Retardant MA - 5 Flame retardant polyester (PBT)
Polyethylene (HDPE) and nonferrous metal particulate
GLD Grey Low Temperature Detectable Antimicrobial MA - 26
Microban antimicrobial product protection
GSA Grey Special Acetal Antimicrobial MA - 25 Cut resistant acetal (POM) Microban antimicrobial product protection
HP High Performance MA - 6 “High performance, internally lubricated acetal (POM)”
HS Heat Stabilized MA - 7 Heat stabilized nylon (PA)
HTB Black High Temperature MA - 8 Polypropylene (PP)
HT High Temperature MA - 8 Polypropylene (PP)
Rex® Material Index
HUV High Temperature Ultraviolet Resistant MA - 17 Ultraviolet resistant polypropylene (PP)

KHT Khaki High Temperature MA - 8 Polypropylene (PP)
LF Low Friction MA - 9 Low friction acetal (POM)
LUV Low Temperature Ultraviolet Resistant MA - 16 Ultraviolet resistant polyethylene (HDPE)
MR Melt Resistant MA - 11 Melt resistant nylon (PA)
Neoprene Neoprene MA - 31 Neoprene
P Chemical Resistant MA - 13 Polyester (PBT)
PS Platinum Series MA - 28 High speed, Platinum Series internally lubricated acetal (POM)
RHT Red High Temperature MA - 8 Polypropylene (PP)
Polyethylene (HDPE) and nonferrous metal particulate
RLD Red Low Temperature Detectable Antimicrobial MA - 26
S Carbon Steel MA - 19 Carbon steel
SS Stainless Steel MA - 20 Austenitic stainless steel
SMB Blue Cut Resistant MA - 12 Cut and abrasive wear resistant acetal (POM)
SSB Stainless Steel Low Magnetic MA - 21 Low ferromagnetic austenitic stainless steel
TC Tough Composite MA - 22 High strength, impact-modified composite
Polypropylene (PP) and nonferrous metal particulate
THD Tan High Temperature Detectable Antimicrobial MA - 27
UHS Ultra High Strength MA - 14 High strength polypropylene (PP) composite
WD White Plain Acetal MA - 3 Acetal (POM)
WHA White High Temperature Antimicrobial MA - 23 Polypropylene (PP) Microban® antimicrobial product protection
WHP White High Performance MA - 6 High Performance, internally lubricated acetal (POM)
WHT White High Temperature MA - 8 Polypropylene (PP)
WLA White Low Temperature Antimicrobial MA - 24 Polyethylene (HDPE) Microban antimicrobial product protection
WLF White Low Friction MA - 9 Low friction acetal (POM)
WLT White Low Temperature MA - 10 Polyethylene (HDPE)
WSA White Special Acetal Antimicrobial MA - 25 Cut resistant acetal (POM) Microban antimicrobial product protection
WSM White Cut Resistant MA - 12 Cut and abrasive wear resistant acetal (POM)
WX Green Abrasion Resistant Polymaide MA - 29 Abrasion Resistant Polymaide (PA) Composite
Rex, HP, PS, Platinum Series and UHS are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc. All rights reserved.
Microban is a registered trademark of Microban Products Company.
Rex® Anti-Static Material
AS
Brief Description Primary Components
Formulated to reduce or eliminate nuisance static Electrically conductive acetal (POM).

buildup that can occur while conveying products or
during product accumulation. Used to dissipate
nuisance sparks for Class II type static environments
only. Please contact Application Engineering at General Information
262.376.4800 for specific uses for this material. Temperature
Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
AS Anti-Static 0 +180 +150 -18 +82 +66 -
Friction Factors Between Material and Product

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Condition Aluminum Glass Paper Steel
Returnable Bottles Non-returnable Bottles (including PET)
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 5 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10
Friction Factors Between Material and Wearstrips Additional Notes

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. Types of Static Environments:
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron®
Stainless Steel Class I: Static spark causes explosion. Use stainless steel chain materials.
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 Class II: Static spark is a nuisance charge causing slight shock, possible circuit
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21 damage or electrical malfunction.
Soap and Water 0 .1 5 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 2. Electrical Properties:
Surface resistivity = 103 Ω/sq.
Regulatory Information
3. Wearstrip Recommendations: Wearstrips must be grounded to the conveyor frame
Rexnord, Rex and TableTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc. and must be electrically conductive to be effective. The conveyor frame should
All rights reserved. also be externally grounded.
Nylatron is a registered trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastics Products. 4. Strength Considerations:

• Rex® TableTop® & MatTop® Chains molded from anti-static material must be
derated 40% from their acetal counterparts.
• Pressure-Velocity (PV) Limits: PV Limit of Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from
anti-static material must be derated 40% from acetal materials. PV Limits
relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around the corners.
5. Depending on application requirements, the entire conveyor chain can be
comprised of anti-static material or sections of anti-static material can be
interspersed at various intervals.

Dash denotes “conbination not tested”
Rex ® Material Portfolio EM - MA - 1

AS
Rex® Extreme Chemical Resistant Material
CR
Able to withstand nearly any harsh chemical Fluorinated polymer.

environment, including applications where strong
oxidizing agents, acids and bases such as sodium
hydroxide, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric
acid and iodine are present. Please contact Rexnord General Information
Industries, Inc. at (262) 376-4800 for specific uses for Temperature
this material. Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
CR Extreme Chemical Resistant +40 +240 +212 +4 +116 +100 3

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. Strength Considerations:
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® • Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from extreme chemical resistant material (with
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 stainless steel pins) must be derated 20% from their acetal counterparts (with
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21 stainless steel pins).
Soap and Water 0.15 0.15 0.15 • Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from extreme chemical resistant material (with
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 plastic pins) must be derated 40% from their acetal counterparts (with stainless
steel pins).
Regulatory Information • Rex® MatTop® Chains molded from extreme chemical resistant material must be
derated 20% from their acetal counterparts.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) accepts certain materials for direct food • Pressure-Velocity (PV) Limits: PV Limit of Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from
contact. FDA approved material is compliant to FDA 21 CFR § 177. extreme chemical resistant material must be derated 20% from acetal materials.
Rexnord, Rex and TableTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc. PV Limits relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around
All rights reserved. the corners.
Nylatron is a registered trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastics Products.

MA - 2 Rex ® Material Portfolio

CR
Rex® Plain Acetal Material
D WD
A general-purpose conveyor chain material which has Acetal (POM).

low friction, high strength, excellent wear life, superior
fatigue resistance and is chemical resistant in a wide
range of environments.
General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
D Plain Acetal -40 + 180 + 150 -40 +82 +66 -
WD White Plain Acetal -40 + 180 + 150 -40 +82 +66 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 5 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
Soap and Water 0 .1 5 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) accepts certain materials for direct food
contact. FDA approved material is compliant to FDA 21 CFR § 177.
Rexnord and Rex are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
All rights reserved.

D WD

Rex® Electrostatic Dissipative Material
ESD
A proprietary compound formulated for conveying Electrically conductive polypropylene (PP).

sensitive products, such as electronics and computer
chips, where controlling static charge and static decay
are of critical importance. Meets the ESD Association
Draft Standard DS 4.1 - 1995. Used to dissipate static General Information
charges that may occur while conveying products or Temperature
during product accumulation. Also used to dissipate Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
nuisance sparks for Class II type static environments Prefix Material
max max Approval
only. Please contact Application Engineering at min min
dry wet dry wet
262.376.4800 for specific uses for this material.
ESD Electrostatic Dissipative 0 +180 +180 -18 +82 +82 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.28 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0.16 0 .1 0 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. Types of Static Environments:
Carbon and
Stainless Steel Class I: Static spark causes explosion. Use stainless steel chain materials.
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 Class II: Static spark is a nuisance charge causing slight shock, possible circuit
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21 damage or electrical malfunction.
Soap and Water 0.15 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 2. Electrical Properties:
Surface resistivity = 105 to 109 Ω/sq.
3. Wearstrip Recommendations: Wearstrips must be grounded to the conveyor
Rexnord, Rex and TableTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc. frame and must be electrically conductive to be effective. The conveyor frame
All rights reserved. should also be externally grounded.
Nylatron is a registered trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastics Products. 4. Strength Considerations:

• Rex® TableTop® & MatTop® Chains molded from electrostatic dissipative material
must be derated 40% from their acetal counterparts.
electrostatic dissipative material must be derated 40% from acetal materials.
PV Limits relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around the
corners.
5. Depending on application requirements, the entire conveyor chain can be
comprised of electrostatic dissipative material, or sections of electrostatic
dissipative material can be interspersed at various intervals.
NR denotes “not recommended” 6. Electrostatic dissipative material is only available in Rex® MatTop® and plastic
Dash denotes “conbination not tested” TableTop® chains with roller base chains.
ESD
EM - MA - 4 Rex ® Material Portfolio

Rex® Flame Retardant Material
FR
Formulated to eliminate the possibility of sustained Flame retardant polyester (PBT).

combustion should the chain be accidentally ignited.
Will self extinguish per the UL Standard 94 V-O
standard when the source of ignition or flame is
removed. General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
FR Flame Retardant 0 + 180 + 140 -18 +82 +60 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 5 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® • Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from flame retardant material must be derated
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 40% from their acetal counterparts.
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21 • Rex® MatTop® Chains molded from flame retardant material must be derated
Soap and Water 0 .1 5 0.15 0.15 15% from their acetal counterparts.
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 • Pressure-Velocity (PV) Limits: PV Limit of Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from
flame retardant material must be derated 20% from acetal materials.
Regulatory Information PV Limits relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around the
corners.
Rexnord, Rex and TableTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
All rights reserved. 2. Flame retardant material is not recommended for high temperature applications.


FR
Rex® High Performance Material
HPTM WHP
Patented Rex® High Performance Material has the High performance, internally lubricated acetal (POM).
lowest coefficient of friction of any chain or belt
material. Extensive testing has proven that new high
performance materials can reduce wear up to 40%
over plain acetal and 25% over low friction acetal. General Information
Ideal for dry running applications and will permit Temperature
greater operating speeds for aggressive applications Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
in the beverage and container industry. Used to lower Prefix Material
max max Approval
product backline pressure and to minimize conveyor min min
dry wet dry wet
pulsation resulting in reduced chain flight wear and
HP™ High Performance -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66 3
reduced chain elongation.
WHP White High Performance -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66 3

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.18 0 .1 3 0.16 0.12 0.23 0.18 0.18
Water 0 .1 4 0.12 0.16 0.11 NR 0.16 0.16
Soap and Water 0.12 0 .1 0 0.14 0.10 NR 0.14 0.13
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.17
Water 0.20 0.16 0.16
Soap and Water 0.15 0.14 0 .1 4
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Rexnord, Rex, and HP are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
U.S. Patent: 4436200
HPTM WHP


Rex® Heat Stabilized Material
HS
Formulated to retain strength and resist degradation Heat stabilized nylon (PA).
and swelling in hot, wet environments. Can be used
in demanding high temperature applications such as
bottle rinsers, sterilizers, warmers and pasteurizers.
General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
HS Heat Stabilized -40 + 220 +212 -40 + 104 + 100 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 5 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® • Pressure-Velocity (PV) Limits: PV Limit of Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.28 0.28 heat stabilized material must be derated 20% from acetal materials.
Water 0.25 0.23 0.23 PV Limits relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around the
Soap and Water 0.18 0.18 0.18 corners.
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 2. Heat stabilized material, unlike other nylon materials, can be used in wet
Regulatory Information environments without the risk of swelling.



HS
Rex® High Temperature Material
HT WHT RHT KHT
HTB BHT
Formulated to be used in both high temperature and Polypropylene (PP).

general applications in both dry and wet conditions. A
good general purpose conveyor chain material and in
addition has excellent resistance to chemicals
including salts, alcohol, bases and many acids. General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
HT High Temperature + 40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100
WHT White High Temperature +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100
RHT Red High Temperature +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100
KHT Khaki High Temperature +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100
BHT Blue Hign Temperature +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100
HTB Black High Temperature +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.28 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0.16 0 .1 0 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. Buoyant in water.
Carbon and
Stainless Steel 2. Not available for Rex® TableTop® and Multiflex Chains.
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .2 0 0.20 0.20
Oil 0 .1 0 0.10 0.10
HTB BHT
HT WHT RHT KHT


Rex® Low Friction Material
LF WLF
An excellent conveyor chain material with a low Patented blend of low friction acetal (POM) and lubricants.
coefficient of friction between a variety of materials.
Extensive testing has proven that low friction materials
can reduce wear up to 15% over plain acetal. Ideal
for dry running applications and will permit greater General Information
operating speeds. Used to lower product backline Temperature
pressure and minimize conveyor pulsation resulting in Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
reduced chain flight wear and reduced chain Prefix Material
max max Approval
elongation. min min
dry wet dry wet
LF Low Friction -40 + 180 + 150 -40 +82 +66 3
WLF White Low Friction -40 + 180 + 150 -40 +82 +66 3

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15 0.30 0.20 0.25
Water 0.15 0.13 0.16 0.13 NR 0.18 0.20
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0 .2 5 0.20 0.20
Water 0 .2 0 0.18 0.18
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10

LF WLF

Rex® Low Temperature Material
WLT BLT
LT
Formulated to retain toughness, impact strength and Polyethylene (HDPE).

ductility in both dry and wet conditions. Retains its
properties in temperatures as low as -100 °F (-73 °C).
Has excellent impact resistance, and because of its
inherent ductility, is excellent in applications where General Information
other materials may chip or fracture. Is also chemical Temperature
resistant to most bleaches, bases, acids and Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
hydrocarbons. Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
WLT White Low Temperature -100 +80 + 80 -73 +27 + 27
BLT Blue Low Temperature -100 +80 + 80 -73 +27 + 27
LT Low Temperature (natural) -100 +80 + 80 -73 +27 + 27

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.22 0.28
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 4 0.17 0.14 NR 0.18 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0 .2 8 0.23 0 .2 3
Water 0.22 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
WLT BLT LT


Rex® Melt Resistant Material
MR
Formulated to be used in applications where Melt resistant nylon (PA).

conveying hot products may cause chain top surface
to melt. Can resist contact temperatures up to 375 °F
(190 °C). Used to convey high temperature products
such as hot cans and hot pans in container General Information
manufacturing and industrial part processing Operating Temperature
applications. Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
MR Melt Resistant -80 + 220 NR -62 + 104 NR -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Soap and Water NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® • Pressure-Velocity (PV) Limits: PV Limit of Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.28 0.28 melt resistant material must be derated 20% from acetal materials.
Water NR NR NR PV Limits relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around the
Soap and Water NR NR NR corners.
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 2. It is important to lubricate side-flexing chains in the corners to reduce noise levels
Regulatory Information at speeds in excess of 100 FPM; water lubrication is unacceptable because it will
cause melt resistant material to swell and lose strength.

MR

Rex® Cut Resistant Material
WSM BSM
SMB
Formulated to be used in applications when superior Cut and abrasive wear resistant acetal (POM).
wear and cut resistance is required. Can be used in
both dry and wet conditions and in applications where
abrasive wear due to products or environment is a
concern. Cut resistant materials are commonly used General Information
in the meat processing industry on cutting, boning and Temperature
trimming lines. Has good impact resistance and is as Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
strong as standard acetal materials. Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
WSM White Cut Resistant -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66
BSM Black Cut Resistant -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66
SMB Blue Cut Resistant -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
WSM BSM SMB


Rex® Chemical Resistant Material
P
Formulated to reduce or eliminate material Polyester (PBT).

degradation in applications where chemicals such as
chlorine and phosphorous are present at moderte
concentrations.
General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
P Chemical Resistant 0 +18 0 + 140 -18 +82 +60 3

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 5 0.18 0.15 NR 0.21 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® • Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from chemical resistant material (with stainless
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25 steel pins) must be derated 20% from their acetal counterparts (with stainless
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21 steel pins)
Soap and Water 0 .1 5 0.15 0.15 • Rex® TableTop® Chains molded from chemical resistant material (with plastic pins)
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 must be derated 40% from their acetal counterparts (with stainless steel pins)
• Rex® MatTop® Chains molded from chemical resistant material must be derated
Regulatory Information 20% from their acetal counterparts
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) accepts certain materials for direct food chemical resistant material must be derated 20% from acetal materials. PV Limits
contact. FDA approved material is compliant to FDA 21 CFR § 177. relate to the speed and tension exerted as the chain travels around the corners


P
Rex® Ultra High Strength Material
UHSTM
Patented Rex® Ultra High Strength Material is specially High strength polypropylene (PP) composite.
formulated to be used in heavy-duty applications such
as pasteurizers, sterilizers and coolers. Has excellent
chemical resistance and can be used in high
temperature applications in both dry and wet General Information
environments. Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
UHS™ Ultra High Strength +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.28 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0.16 0 .1 0 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. Not buoyant in water.
Carbon and
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .2 0 0.20 0.20
Oil 0 .1 0 0.10 0.10
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop and UHS are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
U.S. Patents: 6247582, 6360881

UHS™

Rex® Plain Acetal Ultraviolet Resistant Material
DUV
Formulated to reduce or eliminate material Ultraviolet resistant acetal (POM).

degradation in applications where ultraviolet radiation
exposure is a concern. Retains its mechanical
integrity when exposed to direct sunlight (outdoor
applications) as well as in applications that use General Information
ultraviolet radiation to run a process. Has the same Temperature
strength and wear properties as plain acetal material. Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
DUV Plain Acetal Ultraviolet Resistant 0 +180 +150 -18 +82 +66 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 5 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
Soap and Water 0 .1 5 0.15 0.15
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10


DUV

Rex® Low Temperature Ultraviolet Resistant Material
LUV
Formulated to reduce or eliminate material Ultraviolet resistant polyethylene (HDPE).

ultraviolet radiation to run a process. Also retains Temperature
toughness, impact strength and ductility in both dry Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
and wet conditions and in temperatures as low as Prefix Material
max max Approval
-40 °F (-40 °C). Has excellent impact resistance and min min
dry wet dry wet
because of its inherent ductility, is excellent in
applications where other materials may chip or LUV Low Temp. Ultraviolet Resistant -40 + 80 + 80 -40 +27 + 27 -
fracture. Chemical resistant to most bleaches, bases,
acids and hydrocarbons.

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.22 0.28
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 4 0.17 0.14 NR 0.18 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0 .2 8 0.23 0 .2 3
Water 0.22 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10


LUV

Rex® High Temperature Ultraviolet Resistant Material
HUV
Formulated to reduce or eliminate material Ultraviolet resistant polypropylene (PP).

ultraviolet radiation to run a process. Has excellent Temperature
resistance to chemicals including salts, alcohol, bases Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
and many acids. Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
HUV High Temp. Ultraviolet Resistant +40 + 220 + 180 +4 + 104 +82 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0 .2 8 0 .2 2 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .1 6 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0 .3 5 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.16 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .2 0 0.26 0.26
Oil 0.10 0.21 0.21


HUV

Rex® Wear Resistant Material
BWR
Formulated to be used in applications where chain is Wear resistant nylon (PA) composite.
subjected to very abrasive product surfaces. Used to
convey irregularly shaped products such as castings
and machined steel parts. May extend chain wear life
up to five times compared to acetal materials. General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
BWR Black Wear Resistant -40 +180 NR -40 +82 NR -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Oil NR NR 0.10 NR NR NR 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. It is important to lubricate side-flexing chains in the corners to reduce noise levels
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® at speeds in excess of 60 FPM; water lubrication is unacceptable because it will
Stainless Steel
Dry 0 .2 8 0.22 0.22 cause the wear resistant material to swell and loose strength
Water NR NR NR 2. Strength Considerations:
Soap and Water NR NR NR • Rex® TableTop® & MatTop® Chains molded from wear resistant material must be
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10 increased 20% from their acetal counterparts
3. Not intended for wet applications due to expansion

BWR

Rex® Carbon Steel Material
S
Photo
Unavailable
A strong, abrasion resistant, fine grained, hardened Carbon steel.

carbon steel with a smooth surface finish. Used in
applications requiring high strength, impact resistance
and hardened chain surface such as parts handling.
General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
S Carbon Steel -40 + 350 NR -40 +177 NR -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0 .2 8 0 .3 5 0.47 0.35 0.40 0.30 0.35
Oil --- --- --- ---- NR --- 0.15

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. It is important to lubricate side-flexing chains in the corners to reduce noise levels;
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® water lubrication is unacceptable due to the potential for corrosion and rusting.
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.50 0.40 0.40 2. Material is not available for Rex® MatTop® and Multiflex Chains.
Water NR NR NR
Soap and Water NR NR NR
Oil 0.20 0.20 0.20
Rexnord, Rex and MatTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.



S
Rex® Stainless Steel Material
SS
Photo
Unavailable
Has excellent corrosion and abrasion resistance. Austenitic stainless steel.

Possess resistance to acids, have non-magnetic
qualities, good impact resistance, good surface
hardness and smooth surface finish. Used in
applications requiring corrosion and abrasion General Information
resistance, including glass containers and parts Temperature
handling where water or lubricants are used. The Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
chain life of Rex® TableTop® Chains made with Prefix Material
max max Approval
austenitic stainless steel material have been min min
dry wet dry wet
demonstrated to have more than 2x the wear life than
competitive chains made with ferritic stainless steel. SS Stainless Steel -100 +800 +212 -73 + 427 + 100 3

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.28 0.35 0.47 0.35 0.40 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0 .2 5 0.31 0.25 NR 0.20 0.25
Soap and Water 0.12 0 .1 5 0.21 0.15 NR 0.10 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.15

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. It is important to lubricate side-flexing chains in the corners to reduce noise levels.
Carbon and
Stainless Steel 2. Not available for Rex® MatTop® and Multiflex Chains.
Dry 0.50 0.40 0 .4 0
Water 0.40 0.30 0.30
Oil 0 .2 0 0.20 0.20
Rexnord, Rex,TableTop and MatTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.


SS
Rex® Stainless Steel Low Magnetic Material
SSB
Photo
Unavailable
A special austenitic stainless steel used in applications Low ferromagnetic austenitic stainless steel.
that require the chain to allow magnetic fields to pass
through. In some applications, magnets are used to
stabilize or hold products that are conveyed on the top
of the chain. Allows magnets to interact with the General Information
product without increasing chain tension or drive Temperature
requirements. Can also be used in mechanical Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
applications were magnetism introduced into the Prefix Material
max max Approval
system can cause component malfunction. Has min min
dry wet dry wet
excellent corrosion, abrasion and impact resistance.
Also has good surface hardness and a smooth SSB Stainless Steel Low Magnetic -100 +800 +212 -73 +427 + 100 3
surface finish. Used in corrosive environments where
strong acids or bases are present.

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0 .2 8 0 .3 5 0.47 0.35 0.40 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.25 NR 0.20 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.15 0.21 0.15 NR 0.10 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.15

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. It is important to lubricate side-flexing chains in the corners to reduce noise levels.
Carbon and
Stainless Steel 2. Not available for Rex® MatTop® and Multiflex Chains.
Dry 0.50 0.40 0.40
Water 0.40 0.30 0.30
Soap and Water 0 .2 0 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.20 0.20 0.20
Rexnord, Rex and MatTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.

SSB

Rex® Tough Composite Material
TC
TC is a high strength, toughened composite material High strength, impact-modified composite.

specifically formulated to take constant impact. It's
combination of high strength and low stretch make it
an excellent material for high speed case incline
(or decline) conveyors. Has excellent impact General Information
resistance as well as good chemical resistance. Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
TC Tough Composite 0 +18 0 +140 -18 +82 +60 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.25 0 .2 0 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0.17 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.21 0.23
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR 0.10 0 .10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Patent Pending.


TC
Rex® White High Temperature Antimicrobial Material
WHA BHA

Formulated to inhibit the growth of bacteria, mold and
mildew that may cause discoloration, odor or Polypropylene (PP)
degradation of the Rex® MatTop® chain. Retains Microban® Antimicrobial Product Protection
physical properties at elevated temperatures in both
dry and wet environments. A good general purpose
conveyor chain material with excellent resistance to General Information
chemicals including salts, alchohol bases and many Temperature
acids. Developed specifically for chains used in food Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
Prefix Material
processing. max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
WHA White High Temperature w/ Antimicrobial Additive +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100 ***
BHA Blue High Temperature w/ Antimicrobial Additive +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100 ***

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0 .2 8 0 .2 2 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0 .1 9 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .1 6 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.25 0 .2 5
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
***These materials meet the end-test requirements as specified by FDA 21 CFR

177.1520 (c), the FDA requirement for polyolefin materials intended for direct food
contact. All components of these materials are either compliant for food contact as
listed by the FDA or regulated by the EPA.
Rexnord, Rex, TableTop and MatTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
This material will not protect the user against food-borne illness.
Always maintain good hygiene, proper cleaning procedures are still required.
WHA BHA


Rex® White Low Temperature Antimicrobial Material
WLA BLA
Formulated to inhibit the growth of bacteria, mold and Polyethylene (HDPE)

mildew that may cause discoloration, odor or
Microban® Antimicrobial Product Protection
degradation of the Rex® MatTop® chain. Retains
toughness, impact strength and ductility in both dry
and wet conditions to temperatures as low as -100°F General Information
(-73°C). Has excellent impact resistance, and because Temperature
of its inherent ductility, is excellent in applications Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
where other materials may chip or fracture. Chemical Prefix Material
max max Approval
resistant to most bleaches, bases, acids and min min
dry wet dry wet
hydrocarbons. Developed specifically for chains used
in food processing. WLA White Low Temperature w/ Antimicrobial Additive -100 + 80 + 80 -73 +27 +27 ***
BLA Blue Low Temperature w/ Antimicrobial Additive -100 + 80 + 80 -73 +27 +27 ***

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.22 0.28
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 4 0.17 0.14 NR 0.19 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0 .2 8 0.23 0 .2 3
Water 0.22 0.20 0.20
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10

Rexnord, Rex,TableTop and MatTop are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.
WLA BLA


Rex® White Special Acetal Antimicrobial Material
WSA GSA
BSA
Formulated to inhibit the growth of bacteria, mold and Cut and abrasive wear resistant acetal (POM)
mildew that may cause discoloration, odor or
degradation of the Rex® MatTop® chain. Retains Microban® Antimicrobial Product Protection
physical properties in both wet and dry environments
and has superior impact resistance over standard General Information
acetal. A good chain material where resistance to Temperature
abrasion and cutting are required. Developed Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
specifically for chains used in the food processing Prefix Material
max max Approval
industry. min min
dry wet dry wet
WSA White Special Acetal w/ Antimicrobial Additive -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66 ‡
GSA Grey Special Acetal w/ Antimicrobial Additive -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66 ‡
BSA Blue Special Acetal w/ Antimicrobial Additive -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66 ‡

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0 .2 5 0.20 0.27 0.20 0.33 0.25 0.30
Water 0 .1 7 0.15 0.18 0.15 NR 0.20 0.22
Soap and Water 0 .1 2 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. Not available for Rex® TableTop® and Multiflex Chains.
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.30 0.25 0.25
Water 0.23 0.21 0.21
Soap and Water 0.15 0.15 0 .1 5
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
‡ All components used in the formulation of this material have federal regulatory
approval for direct food contact. For further information please contact
Rexnord Industries, Inc. at 1.262.376.4800.
WSA GSA BSA


Rex® Detectable Low Temperature Antimicrobial Material
GLD RLD
A patented blend of the Rex® Low Temperature Polyethylene (HDPE) and nonferrous metal particulate.
Antimicrobial material. Formulated to inhibit the growth
of bacteria, mold and mildew that may cause Microban® Antimicrobial Product Protection
discoloration, odor or degradation of the Rex® MatTop®
chain. Allows detection as it passes through a metal General Information
detector. Formulated for detection in dry food and Temperature
frozen food. Retains toughness, impact strength and Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
ductility in both dry and wet conditions to temperatures Prefix Material
max max Approval
as low as -100°F (-73°C). While not as impact min min
dry wet dry wet
resistant as the WLT material, it still has excellent
impact resistance. Chemical resistant to most GLD Grey Low Temperature Detectable Antimicrobial -100 +80 +80 -73 +27 +27 ***
RLD Red Low Temperature Detectable Antimicrobial -100 +80 +80 -73 + 27 +27 ***
bleaches, bases, acids and hydrocarbons. Developed
specifically for chains used in dry snack food and
frozen food processing.

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.22 0.18 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.22 0.28
Water 0 .1 7 0 .1 4 0.17 0.14 NR 0.18 0.22
Soap and Water 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.15 0.15
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0.28 0.23 0.23
Water 0.22 0.20 0.20 3. The ability to detect plastic particles will vary due to the sensitivity of individual
Soap and Water 0.15 0.15 0.15 metal detectors.
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10

GLD RLD


Rex® Detectable High Temperature Antimicrobial Material
THD
A patented blend of the Rex® High Temperature Polypropylene (PP) and nonferrous metal particulate.
Antimicrobial material. Formulated to inhibit the growth
of bacteria, mold and mildew that may cause Microban® Antimicrobial Product Protection
discoloration, odor or degradation of the Rex® MatTop®
chain. Allows detection as it passes through a metal General Information
detector. Formulated for detection in dry food and Temperature
frozen food. Retains physical properties at elevated Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
temperatures in both wet and dry environments. A Prefix Material
max max Approval
good general purpose conveyor chain material with min min
dry wet dry wet
excellent resistance to chemicals including salts,
alcohol, bases and many acids. Developed specifically THD Tan High Temperature Detectable Antimicrobial +40 +220 +212 +4 +104 + 100 ***
for chains used in dry snack food and frozen food
processing.

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.28 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.35 0.30 0.35
Water 0.19 0.17 0.21 0.17 NR 0.25 0.25
Soap and Water 0 .1 6 0.10 0.14 0.10 NR 0.20 0.20
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Carbon and
Dry 0.35 0.30 0.30
Water 0.25 0.25 0.25 3. The ability to detect plastic particles will vary due to the sensitivity of individual
Soap and Water 0 .2 0 0.20 0.20 metal detectors.
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10

THD

Rex® Platinum Series™ Material
PS™
Platinum Series™ PS™ material is a specially High speed, Platinum Series™ internally lubricated acetal (POM).
formulated material especially suited for high speed
conveying. PS™ material can decrease high speed
wear by as much as 5 times. Side-flexing PV limits are
also increased which means that a side-flexing chain General Information
molded in PS™ can be run 200% faster than the same Temperature
chain in acetal, or 150% faster than the same chain in Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
HP™! "Optimized for PET" means that PET bottles Prefix Material
max max Approval
running on PS™ chains exhibit the lowest friction min min
dry wet dry wet
available. Low coefficients of friction reduce product
PS™ Platinum Series™ -40 +180 +150 -40 +82 +66
backline pressures and minimize pulsations.

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.18 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.23 0.16 0.18
Water 0.14 0 .1 2 0.16 0.16 NR 0.15 0.16
Soap and Water 0.12 0 .1 0 0.14 0.14 NR 0.14 0.13
Oil --- --- --- --- NR --- 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating
Carbon and
Stainless Steel
Dry 0 .1 8 0.18 0.17
Water 0.16 0.16 NR
Soap and Water 0.13 0.14 NR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10
Rexnord, Rex, Platinum Series, PS and HP are trademarks of Rexnord Industries, Inc.

PS™
EM - MA- 28 Rex ® Material Product Portfolio

Rex® Abrasion Resistant Polyamide Material
WX
Formulated to be used in abrasive applications where Abrasion resistant nylon (PA) composite.
chain is subjected to abrasives such as glass, sand
and dirt. May extend chain wear life up to five times
compared to acetal materials. Designed to be used in
glass handing applications where abrasive shards of General Information
glass can wear other plastic chain materials rapidly. Temperature
Can also be used in other abrasive applications. Fahrenheit Celsius FDA
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
WX Green Abrasion Resistant Polyamide -40 + 220 NR -40 +104 NR -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.15 0.30 0.20 0.25
Oil NR NR 0.10 NR NR NR 0.10

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. It is important to lubricate side-flexing chains in the corners to reduce noise levels
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® at speeds in excess of 60 FPM, however water lubrication is unacceptable because
Stainless Steel
Dry 0.25 0.20 0.20 it will cause the wear resistant material to swell and lose strength.
Water NR NR NR
Soap and Water NR NR NR
Oil 0.10 0.10 0.10


WX

Rex® EPDM Material
EPDM
EPDM is used as a gripper material that has Ethylene Propylene Rubber

outstanding resistance to oxygen and ozone. It also
has good resistance to the very hot water used in
many SideGrip™ rinser applications. It is available in
several different durometers (or hardness) for different General Information
applications. Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
- EPDM -58 +302 +302 -50 + 150 +150

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. This material is not available in TableTop®, MatTop®, or Multiflex chains. It is only
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® available as a gripper material for SideGrip™ chains.
Stainless Steel
Dry NR NR NR
Water NR NR NR 2. The temperature range is for standard 50 shore EPDM grippers. Other hardnesses
Soap and Water NR NR NR will affect the operating temperature.
Oil NR NR NR
3. Color maybe black or white depending on chain series. See specific chain series in
Regulatory Information Product Catalog for color.


EPDM

Rex® Neoprene Material
Neoprene
Neoprene is used as a gripper material that has good Neoprene

resistance to gasoline, sunlight, ozone & oxidation. It
is available in several different durometers (or
hardness) for different applications.
General Information
Temperature
Prefix Material
max max Approval
min min
dry wet dry wet
- Neoprene -40 +212 + 200 -40 + 100 +93 -

Product Material
Operating
Glass Glass Plastic
Dry NR NR NR NR NR NR NR

Wearstrip Material
Operating 1. This material is not available in TableTop®, MatTop®, or Multiflex chains. It is only
Carbon and
Condition UHMWPE Nylatron® available as a gripper material for SideGrip™ chains.
Stainless Steel
Dry NR NR NR
Water NR NR NR 2. The temperature range is for standard 40 shore Neoprene grippers. Other
Soap and Water NR NR NR hardnesses will affect the operating temperature.
Oil NR NR NR
3. Color maybe black or white depending on chain series. See specific chain series in
Regulatory Information Product Catalog for color.

Neoprene


8rxEM en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

8rxEM en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

000000.

All Rights Reserved.

II. TableTop® Chain Section EM - TT

III. MatTop® Chain Section EM - MT

Chain Materials 1-2

Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual Index

IV. Multiflex Chain Section EM - MF

VI. Form EM - FORM

Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual INDEX - 1

Application Expertise/Superior Engineering Support

Chain selection recommendations

Applications Throughout Industry

Online - At Your Fingertips

INTRO - 2 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual

Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual Introduction

Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual INTRO - 3

Rex® TableTop® Chain Icon

Rex® MatTop® Chain Icon

Rex® Multiflex Chain Icon

Caution - This icon marks caution information that should be read

i Information - This icon marks general information that should be read

Survey - This icon marks a survey that needs to be completed before

Grounding - This icon explains that grounding is crucial for all

INTRO - 4 Rex® TableTop® and MatTop® Chain Engineering Manual

> AS (Anti-Static) AS (Anti-Static)

> D & WD (Acetal)

FR (Flame Retardant)

HP™ & WHP (High Performance)

HS (Heat Stabilized)

LF & WLF (Low Friction)

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

MR (Melt Resistant) Materials

S (Carbon Steel) > SS (Stainless

SS (Stainless Steel) > WX (Abrasion

SSB (Low Magnetic Stainless Steel)

WX (Abrasion Resistant)

All rights Reserved.

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

NR denotes “not recommended”

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

Available in split and one piece designs

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

Bronze and Brass

Nylatron (Nylon with Moly Filler)

Lubricant Impregnated Wood

the thermoplastic chain by contrast exhibits only slight wear

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

Recommended only for very low speed - low load applications

Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,

All rights Reserved.

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

General Recommendations > General Types

Metal side-flexing chains should ALWAYS be lubricated in the corners

General Types of Lubricants

oils are available

All rights Reserved.

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

Rexnord, Rex, HP, LPC,

All rights Reserved.

Contact Rexnord Application Engineering for more information 1.262.376.4800

Chemical Applications > Dry Applications

Dry Applications Applications